ATSAM4LS4BA-AU [MICROCHIP]

IC MCU 32BIT 256KB FLASH 64TQFP;
ATSAM4LS4BA-AU
型号: ATSAM4LS4BA-AU
厂家: MICROCHIP    MICROCHIP
描述:

IC MCU 32BIT 256KB FLASH 64TQFP

时钟 微控制器 外围集成电路
文件: 总176页 (文件大小:1827K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Summary  
Atmel's SAM4L series is a member of a family of Flash microcontrollers based  
on the high performance 32-bit ARM Cortex-M4 RISC processor running at fre-  
quencies up to 48MHz.  
The SAM4L series embeds state-of-the-art picoPower technology for ultra-low  
power consumption. Combined power control techniques are used to bring  
active current consumption down to 90μA/MHz. The device allows a wide range  
of options between functionality and power consumption, giving the user the  
ability to reach the lowest possible power consumption with the feature set  
required for the application. The WAIT and RETENTION modes provide full logic  
and RAM retention, associated with fast wake-up capability (<1.5μs) and a very  
low consumption of, respectively, 3 μA and 1.5 μA. In addition, WAIT mode sup-  
ports SleepWalking features. In BACKUP mode, CPU, peripherals and RAM are  
powered off and, while consuming less than 0.9μA with external interrupt wake-  
up supported.  
ATSAM---e  
ARM-based  
Flash MCU  
SAM4L Series  
The SAM4L series offers a wide range of peripherals such as segment LCD con-  
troller, embedded hardware capacitive touch (QTouch), USB device &  
embedded host, 128-bit AES and audio interfaces in addition to high speed  
serial peripherals such as USART, SPI and I2C. Additionally the Peripheral Event  
System and SleepWalking allows the peripherals to communicate directly with  
each other and make intelligent decisions and decide to wake-up the system on  
a qualified events on a peripheral level; such as I2C address match or and ADC  
threshold.  
Features  
Core  
Summary  
– ARM® CortexTM-M4 running at up to 48MHz  
– Memory Protection Unit (MPU)  
– Thumb®-2 instruction set  
picoPower® Technology for Ultra-low Power Consumption  
– Active mode downto 90µA/MHz with configurable voltage scaling  
– High performance and efficiency: 28 coremark/mA  
– Wait mode downto 3µA with fast wake-up time (<1.5µs) supporting SleepWalking  
– Full RAM and Logic Retention mode downto 1.5µA with fast wake-up time (<1.5µs)  
– Ultra low power Backup mode with/without RTC downto 1,5/0.9µA  
Memories  
– From 128 to 512Kbytes embedded Flash, 64-bit wide access,  
• 0 wait-state capability up to 24MHz  
– up to 64Kbytes embedded SRAM  
System Functions  
– Embedded voltage linear and switching regulator for single supply operation  
– Two Power-on-Reset and Two Brown-out Detectors (BOD)  
– Quartz or ceramic resonator oscillators: 0.6 to 30MHz main power with Failure  
Detection and low power 32.768 kHz for RTC or device clock  
– High precision 4/8/12MHz factory trimmed internal RC oscillator  
– Slow Clock Internal RC oscillator as permanent low-power mode device clock  
– High speed 80MHz internal RC oscillator  
42023HS–11/2016  
– Low power 32kHz internal RC oscillator  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
– PLL up to 240MHz for device clock and for USB  
– Digital Frequency Locked Loop (DFLL) with wide input range  
– Up to 16 peripheral DMA (PDCA) channels  
Peripherals  
– USB 2.0 Device and Embedded Host: 12 Mbps, up to 8 bidirectional Endpoints and Multi-packet Ping-pong Mode. On-  
Chip Transceiver  
– Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Module with Capacity up to 40 Segments and up to 4 Common Terminals  
– One USART with ISO7816, IrDA®, RS-485, SPI, Manchester and LIN Mode  
– Three USART with SPI Mode  
– One PicoUART for extended UART wake-up capabilities in all sleep modes  
– Windowed Watchdog Timer (WDT)  
– Asynchronous Timer (AST) with Real-time Clock Capability, Counter or Calendar Mode Supported  
– Frequency Meter (FREQM) for Accurate Measuring of Clock Frequency  
– Six 16-bit Timer/Counter (TC) Channels with capture, waveform, compare and PWM mode  
– One Master/Slave Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) with Chip Select Signals  
– Four Master and Two Slave Two-wire Interfaces (TWI), up to 3.4Mbit/s I2C-compatible  
– One Advanced Encryption System (AES) with 128-bit key length  
– One 16-channel ADC 300Ksps (ADC) with up to 12 Bits Resolution  
– One DAC 500Ksps (DACC) with up to 10 Bits Resolution  
– Four Analog Comparators (ACIFC) with Optional Window Detection  
– Capacitive Touch Module (CATB) supporting up to 32 buttons  
– Audio Bitstream DAC (ABDACB) Suitable for Stereo Audio  
– Inter-IC Sound (IISC) Controller, Compliant with Inter-IC Sound (I2S) Specification  
– Peripheral Event System for Direct Peripheral to Peripheral Communication  
– 32-bit Cyclic Redundancy Check Calculation Unit (CRCCU)  
– Random generator (TRNG)  
– Parallel Capture Module (PARC)  
– Glue Logic Controller (GLOC)  
I/O  
– Up to 75 I/O lines with external interrupt capability (edge or level sensitivity), debouncing, glitch filtering and slew-rate  
control  
– Up to Six High-drive I/O Pins  
Single 1.68-3.6V Power Supply  
Packages  
– 100-lead LQFP, 14 x 14 mm, pitch 0.5 mm/100-ball VFBGA, 7x7 mm, pitch 0.65 mm  
– 64-lead LQFP, 10 x 10 mm, pitch 0.5 mm/64-pad QFN 9x9 mm, pitch 0.5 mm  
– 64-ball WLCSP, 4,314x4,434 mm, pitch 0.5 mm for SAM4LC4/2 and SAM4LS4/2 series  
– 64-ball WLCSP, 5,270x5,194 mm, pitch 0.5 mm for SAM4LC8 and SAM4LS8 series  
– 48-lead LQFP, 7 x 7 mm, pitch 0.5 mm/48-pad QFN 7x7 mm, pitch 0.5 mm  
2
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
1. Description  
Atmel's SAM4L series is a member of a family of Flash microcontrollers based on the high per-  
formance 32-bit ARM Cortex-M4 RISC processor running at frequencies up to 48MHz.  
The processor implements a Memory Protection Unit (MPU) and a fast and flexible interrupt con-  
troller for supporting modern and real-time operating systems.  
The ATSAM4L8/L4/L2 embeds state-of-the-art picoPower technology for ultra-low power con-  
sumption. Combined power control techniques are used to bring active current consumption  
down to 90µA/MHz. The device allows a wide range of options between functionality and power  
consumption, giving the user the ability to reach the lowest possible power consumption with the  
feature set required for the application. On-chip regulator improves power efficiency when used  
in swichting mode with an external inductor or can be used in linear mode if application is noise  
sensitive.  
The ATSAM4L8/L4/L2 supports 4 power saving strategies. The SLEEP mode put the CPU in  
idle mode and offers different sub-modes which automatically switch off/on bus clocks, PLL,  
oscillators. The WAIT and RETENTION modes provide full logic and RAM retention, associated  
with fast wake-up capability (<1.5µs) and a very low consumption of, respectively, 3 µA and 1.5  
µA. In addition, WAIT mode supports SleepWalking features. In BACKUP mode, CPU, peripher-  
als and RAM are powered off and, while consuming less than 0.5µA, the device is able to wake-  
up from external interrupts.  
The ATSAM4L8/L4/L2 incorporates on-chip Flash tightly coupled to a low power cache  
(LPCACHE) for active consumption optimization and SRAM memories for fast access.  
The LCD controller is intended for monochrome passive liquid crystal display (LCD) with up to 4  
Common terminals and up to 40 Segments terminals. Dedicated Low Power Waveform, Con-  
trast Control, Extended Interrupt Mode, Selectable Frame Frequency and Blink functionality are  
supported to offload the CPU, reduce interrupts and reduce power consumption. The controller  
includes integrated LCD buffers and integrated power supply voltage.  
The low-power and high performance capacitive touch module (CATB) is introduced to meet the  
demand for a low power capacitive touch solution that could be used to handle buttons, sliders  
and wheels. The CATB provides excellent signal performance, as well as autonomous touch  
and proximity detection for up to 32 sensors. This solution includes an advanced sequencer in  
addition to an hardware filtering unit.  
The Advanced Encryption Standard module (AESA) is compliant with the FIPS (Federal Infor-  
mation Processing Standard) Publication 197, Advanced Encryption Standard (AES), which  
specifies a symmetric block cipher that is used to encrypt and decrypt electronic data. Encryp-  
tion is the transformation of a usable message, called the plaintext, into an unreadable form,  
called the ciphertext. On the other hand, decryption is the transformation that recovers the plain-  
text from the ciphertext. AESA supports 128 bits cryptographic key sizes.  
The Peripheral Direct Memory Access (DMA) controller enables data transfers between periph-  
erals and memories without processor involvement. The Peripheral DMA controller drastically  
reduces processing overhead when transferring continuous and large data streams.  
The Peripheral Event System (PES) allows peripherals to receive, react to, and send peripheral  
events without CPU intervention. Asynchronous interrupts allow advanced peripheral operation  
in low power modes.  
The Power Manager (PM) improves design flexibility and security. The Power Manager supports  
SleepWalking functionality, by which a module can be selectively activated based on peripheral  
3
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
events, even in sleep modes where the module clock is stopped. Power monitoring is supported  
by on-chip Power-on Reset (POR18, POR33), Brown-out Detectors (BOD18, BOD33). The  
device features several oscillators, such as Phase Locked Loop (PLL), Digital Frequency  
Locked Loop (DFLL), Oscillator 0 (OSC0), Internal RC 4,8,12MHz oscillator (RCFAST), system  
RC oscillator (RCSYS), Internal RC 80MHz, Internal 32kHz RC and 32kHz Crystal Oscillator.  
Either of these oscillators can be used as source for the system clock. The DFLL is a program-  
mable internal oscillator from 40 to 150MHz. It can be tuned to a high accuracy if an accurate  
reference clock is running, e.g. the 32kHz crystal oscillator.  
The Watchdog Timer (WDT) will reset the device unless it is periodically serviced by the soft-  
ware. This allows the device to recover from a condition that has caused the system to be  
unstable.  
The Asynchronous Timer (AST) combined with the 32kHz crystal oscillator supports powerful  
real-time clock capabilities, with a maximum timeout of up to 136 years. The AST can operate in  
counter or calendar mode.  
The Frequency Meter (FREQM) allows accurate measuring of a clock frequency by comparing it  
to a known reference clock.  
The Full-speed USB 2.0 device and embedded host interface (USBC) supports several USB  
classes at the same time utilizing the rich end-point configuration.  
The device includes six identical 16-bit Timer/Counter (TC) channels. Each channel can be inde-  
pendently programmed to perform frequency measurement, event counting, interval  
measurement, pulse generation, delay timing, and pulse width modulation.  
The ATSAM4L8/L4/L2 also features many communication interfaces, like USART, SPI, or TWI,  
for communication intensive applications. The USART supports different communication modes,  
like SPI Mode and LIN Mode.  
A general purpose 16-channel ADC is provided, as well as four analog comparators (ACIFC).  
The ADC can operate in 12-bit mode at full speed. The analog comparators can be paired to  
detect when the sensing voltage is within or outside the defined reference window.  
Atmel offers the QTouch Library for embedding capacitive touch buttons, sliders, and wheels  
functionality. The patented charge-transfer signal acquisition offers robust sensing and includes  
fully debounced reporting of touch keys as well as Adjacent Key Suppression® (AKS®) technol-  
ogy for unambiguous detection of key events. The easy-to-use QTouch Suite toolchain allows  
you to explore, develop, and debug your own touch applications.  
The Audio Bitstream DAC (ABDACB) converts a 16-bit sample value to a digital bitstream with  
an average value proportional to the sample value. Two channels are supported, making the  
ABDAC particularly suitable for stereo audio.  
The Inter-IC Sound Controller (IISC) provides a 5-bit wide, bidirectional, synchronous, digital  
audio link with external audio devices. The controller is compliant with the Inter-IC Sound (I2S)  
bus specification.  
4
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
2. Overview  
2.1  
Block Diagram  
Figure 2-1. Block Diagram  
System  
TAP  
In-Circuit  
Emulator  
ARM Cortex-M4 Processor  
Fmax 48 MHz  
TCK  
TDO  
TDI  
JTAG &  
Serial Wire  
TMS  
System  
Management  
Access Port  
MEMORY PROTECTION UNIT  
Instruction/  
Data  
System  
M
M
HRAM  
CONTROLLER  
64/32 KB  
RAM  
M
S
S
128-bit  
AES  
HIGH SPEED  
BUS MATRIX  
S
FLASH  
CONTROLLER  
LOW POWER CACHE  
512/256/128 KB  
FLASH  
DP  
S
S
USBC  
8 EndPoints  
S
S
S
M
CONFIGURATION  
REGISTERS BUS  
PERIPHERAL  
DMA  
CONTROLLER  
VDDIN  
VDDOUT  
VDDCORE  
HSB-PB  
BRIDGE B  
HSB-PB  
BRIDGE D  
HSB-PB  
BRIDGE C  
HSB-PB  
BRIDGE A  
LDO/  
SWITCHING  
REGULATOR  
USART0  
USART1  
USART2  
USART3  
RXD  
TXD  
CLK  
BACKUP  
SYSTEM  
CONTROL  
INTERFACE  
RC32K  
RTS, CTS  
XIN32  
XOUT32  
SCK  
MISO, MOSI  
NPCS[3..0]  
OSC32  
SPI  
BACKUP  
POWER MANAGER  
TWI MASTER 0  
TWI MASTER 1  
TWI MASTER 2  
TWI MASTER 3  
TWCK  
TWD  
BACKUP  
REGISTERS  
PA  
PB  
PC  
TWCK  
TWD  
TWI SLAVE 0  
TWI SLAVE 1  
EXTINT[8..1]  
NMI  
EXTERNAL INTERRUPT  
CONTROLLER  
SEG[39..0]  
COM[3..0]  
ASYNCHRONOUS  
TIMER  
LCD  
CONTROLLER  
BIASL,BIASH  
CAPH,CAPL  
WATCHDOG  
TIMER  
ISCK  
IWS  
ISDI  
ISDO  
IMCK  
PA  
PB  
PC  
INTER-IC SOUND  
CONTROLLER  
RXD  
PICOUART  
CLK  
BACKUP DOMAIN  
POWER MANAGER  
AUDIO BITSTREAM  
DAC  
ABDAC[1..0]  
ABDACN[1..0]  
RESETN  
16-CHANNEL  
12-bit ADC  
INTERFACE  
TRIGGER  
CLOCK  
CONTROLLER  
AD[14..0]  
ADVREFP  
RESET  
SLEEP  
CONTROLLER  
CONTROLLER  
10-bit DAC  
DACOUT  
INTERFACE  
GCLK_IN[1:0]  
GCLK[3:0]  
SENSE[69..0]  
DIS  
CAPACITIVE TOUCH  
MODULE  
RCSYS  
RCFAST  
RC80M  
OSC0  
DFLL  
PCCK  
PCEN1,PCEN2  
PARALLEL CAPTURE  
CONTROLLER  
SYSTEM CONTROL  
INTERFACE  
PCDATA[7..0]  
XIN0  
XOUT0  
IN[7..0]  
GLUE LOGIC  
CONTROLLER  
GENERIC  
CLOCK  
OUT[1..0]  
CLK[2..0]  
B[2..0]  
PLL  
TIMER/COUNTER 0  
TIMER/COUNTER 1  
A[2..0]  
FREQUENCY METER  
ACAP[3..0]  
ACAN[3..0]  
ACREFN  
AC INTERFACE  
PAD_EVT[3..0]  
TRUE RANDOM  
GENERATOR  
32-BIT CRC  
CALCULATION UNIT  
5
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
2.2  
Configuration Summary  
Table 2-1.  
Feature  
Sub Series Summary  
ATSAM4LC  
Yes  
ATSAM4LS  
No  
SEGMENT LCD  
AESA  
Yes  
No  
USB  
Device + Host  
Device Only  
Table 2-2.  
Feature  
ATSAM4LC Configuration Summary  
ATSAM4LC8/4/2C  
ATSAM4LC8/4/2B  
ATSAM4LC8/4/2A  
Number of Pins  
Max Frequency  
Flash  
100  
64  
48MHz  
512/256/128KB  
64/32/32KB  
4x23  
48  
SRAM  
SEGMENT LCD  
GPIO  
4x40  
75  
4x13  
27  
43  
High-drive pins  
External Interrupts  
6
3
1
8 + 1 NMI  
1 Master + 1  
Master/Slave  
TWI  
2 Masters + 2 Masters/Slaves  
4
3 in LC sub series  
4 in LS sub series  
USART  
PICOUART  
1
0
Peripheral DMA Channels  
AESA  
16  
1
Peripheral Event System  
SPI  
1
1
Asynchronous Timers  
Timer/Counter Channels  
Parallel Capture Inputs  
Frequency Meter  
Watchdog Timer  
Power Manager  
Glue Logic LUT  
1
6
8
1
1
1
2
3
1
6
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 2-2.  
Feature  
ATSAM4LC Configuration Summary  
ATSAM4LC8/4/2C  
ATSAM4LC8/4/2B  
ATSAM4LC8/4/2A  
Digital Frequency Locked Loop 20-150MHz (DFLL)  
Phase Locked Loop 48-240MHz (PLL)  
Crystal Oscillator 0.6-30MHz (OSC0)  
Crystal Oscillator 32kHz (OSC32K)  
RC Oscillator 80MHz (RC80M)  
Oscillators  
RC Oscillator 4,8,12MHz (RCFAST)  
RC Oscillator 115kHz (RCSYS)  
RC Oscillator 32kHz (RC32K)  
ADC  
15-channel  
7-channel  
3-channel  
DAC  
1-channel  
Analog Comparators  
CATB Sensors  
USB  
4
2
32  
1
1
32  
26  
Audio Bitstream DAC  
IIS Controller  
1
1
TQFP/QFN/  
WLCSP  
Packages  
.
TQFP/VFBGA  
TQFP/QFN  
Table 2-3.  
Feature  
ATSAM4LS Configuration Summary  
ATSAM4LS8/4/2C  
ATSAM4LS8/4/2B  
ATSAM4LS8/4/2A  
Number of Pins  
Max Frequency  
Flash  
100  
64  
48MHz  
512/256/128KB  
64/32/32KB  
NA  
48  
SRAM  
SEGMENT LCD  
GPIO  
80  
6
48  
32  
1
High-drive pins  
External Interrupts  
3
8 + 1 NMI  
1 Master + 1  
Master/Slave  
TWI  
2 Masters + 2 Masters/Slaves  
4
3 in LC sub series  
4 in LS sub series  
USART  
PICOUART  
1
0
Peripheral DMA Channels  
AESA  
16  
NA  
1
Peripheral Event System  
SPI  
1
Asynchronous Timers  
1
7
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 2-3.  
Feature  
ATSAM4LS Configuration Summary  
ATSAM4LS8/4/2C  
ATSAM4LS8/4/2B  
ATSAM4LS8/4/2A  
Timer/Counter Channels  
Parallel Capture Inputs  
Frequency Meter  
Watchdog Timer  
6
3
8
1
1
1
Power Manager  
Glue Logic LUT  
2
1
Digital Frequency Locked Loop 20-150MHz (DFLL)  
Phase Locked Loop 48-240MHz (PLL)  
Crystal Oscillator 0.6-30MHz (OSC0)  
Crystal Oscillator 32kHz (OSC32K)  
RC Oscillator 80MHz (RC80M)  
Oscillators  
RC Oscillator 4,8,12MHz (RCFAST)  
RC Oscillator 115kHz (RCSYS)  
RC Oscillator 32kHz (RC32K)  
ADC  
15-channel  
7-channel  
3-channel  
DAC  
1-channel  
Analog Comparators  
CATB Sensors  
USB  
4
2
32  
1
1
32  
26  
Audio Bitstream DAC  
IIS Controller  
1
1
TQFP/QFN/  
WLCSP  
Packages  
TQFP/VFBGA  
TQFP/QFN  
8
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
3. Package and Pinout  
3.1  
Package  
The device pins are multiplexed with peripheral functions as described in Section 3.2 ”Peripheral  
Multiplexing on I/O lines” on page 19.  
3.1.1  
ATSAM4LCx Pinout  
Figure 3-1. ATSAM4LC TQFP100 Pinout  
PA18  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
50  
49  
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
PA12  
PA11  
PA10  
PA09  
PB07  
PB06  
PA08  
PC14  
PC13  
PC12  
PC11  
PC10  
PC09  
PC08  
PC07  
VDDANA  
ADVREFP  
GNDANA  
ADVREFN  
PA07  
PA06  
PB05  
PB04  
XOUT32  
XIN32  
PA19  
PA20  
PC24  
PC25  
PC26  
PC27  
PC28  
PC29  
PC30  
PC31  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
PB12  
PB13  
PA21  
PA22  
PB14  
PB15  
PA23  
PA24  
VDDIO  
PA25  
PA26  
GND  
9
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 3-2. ATSAM4LC VFBGA100 Pinout  
2 3  
5 6 7 8 9 10  
1
4
VDD  
CORE  
VDDOUT  
RESET_N  
PC04  
PA05  
PA04  
GND  
VDDIN  
PA02  
PC03  
PC02  
PB14  
PB12  
PC29  
PB09  
PC20  
PA16  
PA14  
VDDIO  
PA01  
PC01  
PB15  
PB13  
PC30  
PB10  
PC23  
PC22  
PC21  
GND  
PA00  
PA26  
PA25  
PA21  
PC31  
PC26  
PC25  
PC24  
PB11  
PC00  
A
B
C
D
E
F
PB05  
XIN32  
PA03  
TCK  
PB03  
PC10  
PC11  
PC13  
PC19  
PC17  
BIASL  
GND  
PC06  
GND  
PB04 XOUT32 PA06  
PC05  
PA23  
VDDIO  
PC27  
PB08  
PA17  
PC16  
VDDIO  
PA24  
PA22  
VDDIO  
PC28  
PA20  
PA19  
PA18  
AD  
VREFN  
GNDANA  
PA07  
PC08  
PC12  
PB06  
PA11  
PB00  
BIASH  
PB01  
AD  
VREFP  
VDDANA  
PB02  
PC09  
PC14  
PB07  
CAPL  
CAPH  
PC07  
PA08  
PA10  
PA12  
VLCD  
PA09  
PA15  
G
H
J
PA13  
PC15  
VLCDIN PC18  
K
10  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 3-3. ATSAM4LC WLCSP64 Pinout  
2 3  
5 6 7 8  
1
4
AD  
VREFP  
GNDANA  
VDDANA  
PB04  
PA09  
PB06  
PA07  
PB12  
PB13  
PA22  
PA01  
PA21  
CAPL  
PA10  
PB07  
PB08  
PB09  
PB10  
PA19  
VDDIO  
CAPH  
PA11  
PA13  
PA14  
PA15  
PA12  
VLCD  
BIASH  
BIASL  
GND  
A
B
C
D
E
F
PB03  
VDDIN  
VDDOUT  
GND  
XIN32 XOUT32 PA08  
PB01  
PB00  
PA03  
TCK  
PA05  
PA04  
PB02  
PA02  
PA24  
PA23  
PA06  
PB05  
RESET_N  
PB14  
VDD  
CORE  
PA16 VLCDIN  
GND  
PA26  
PA25  
PA00  
PA18  
PA20  
PA17  
PB11  
G
H
VDDIO  
PB15  
11  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 3-4. ATSAM4LC TQFP64/QFN64 Pinout  
PA18  
PA19  
PA20  
VDDIO  
PB12  
PB13  
PA21  
PA22  
PB14  
PB15  
PA23  
PA24  
VDDIO  
PA25  
PA26  
GND  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
PA12  
PA11  
PA10  
PA09  
PB07  
PB06  
PA08  
VDDANA  
ADVREFP  
GNDANA  
PA07  
PA06  
PB05  
PB04  
XOUT32  
XIN32  
12  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 3-5. ATSAM4LC TQFP48/QFN48 Pinout  
PA18  
PA19  
PA20  
VDDIO  
PA21  
PA22  
PA23  
PA24  
VDDIO  
PA25  
PA26  
GND  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
PA12  
PA11  
PA10  
PA09  
PA08  
VDDANA  
ADVREFP  
GNDANA  
PA07  
PA06  
XOUT32  
XIN32  
13  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
3.1.2  
ATSAM4LSx Pinout  
Figure 3-6. ATSAM4LS TQFP100 Pinout  
PA18  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
50  
49  
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
PA12  
PA11  
PA10  
PA09  
PB07  
PB06  
PA08  
PC14  
PC13  
PC12  
PC11  
PC10  
PC09  
PC08  
PC07  
VDDANA  
ADVREFP  
GNDANA  
ADVREFN  
PA07  
PA06  
PB05  
PB04  
XOUT32  
XIN32  
PA19  
PA20  
PC24  
PC25  
PC26  
PC27  
PC28  
PC29  
PC30  
PC31  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
PB12  
PB13  
PA21  
PA22  
PB14  
PB15  
PA23  
PA24  
VDDIO  
PA25  
PA26  
GND  
14  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 3-7. ATSAM4LS VFBGA100 Pinout  
2 3  
5 6 7 8 9 10  
1
4
VDD  
CORE  
VDDOUT  
RESET_N  
PC04  
PB01  
PA05  
PA04  
GND  
VDDIN  
PA02  
PC03  
PC02  
PB14  
PB12  
PC29  
PB09  
PC20  
PA16  
PA14  
VDDIO  
PA01  
PC01  
PB15  
PB13  
PC30  
PB10  
PC23  
PC22  
PC21  
GND  
PA00  
PA26  
PA25  
PA21  
PC31  
PC26  
PC25  
PC24  
PB11  
PC00  
A
B
C
D
E
F
PB05  
XIN32  
PA03  
TCK  
PB03  
PC10  
PC11  
PC13  
PC19  
PC17  
VDDIO  
PA30  
PC06  
GND  
PB04 XOUT32 PA06  
PC05  
PA23  
VDDIO  
PC27  
PB08  
PA17  
PC16  
PC18  
VDDIO  
PA24  
PA22  
VDDIO  
PC28  
PA20  
PA19  
PA18  
AD  
VREFN  
GNDANA  
PA07  
PC08  
PC12  
PB06  
PA11  
PB00  
GND  
AD  
VREFP  
VDDANA  
PB02  
PC09  
PC14  
PB07  
PA28  
PA27  
PC07  
PA08  
PA10  
PA12  
PA29  
PA09  
PA15  
G
H
J
PA13  
PC15  
PA31  
K
15  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 3-8. ATSAM4LS WLCSP64 Pinout  
2 3  
5 6 7 8  
1
4
AD  
VREFP  
GNDANA  
VDDANA  
PB04  
PA09  
PB06  
PA07  
PB12  
PB13  
PA22  
PA01  
PA21  
PA28  
PA10  
PB07  
PB08  
PB09  
PB10  
PA19  
VDDIO  
PA27  
PA11  
PA13  
PA14  
PA15  
PA16  
PA18  
PA20  
PA12  
PA29  
GND  
A
B
C
D
E
F
PB03  
VDDIN  
VDDOUT  
GND  
XIN32 XOUT32 PA08  
PB01  
PB00  
PA03  
TCK  
PA05  
PA04  
PB02  
PA02  
PA24  
PA23  
PA06  
PB05  
VDDIO  
PA30  
PA31  
PA17  
PB11  
RESET_N  
PB14  
VDD  
CORE  
GND  
PA26  
PA25  
PA00  
G
H
VDDIO  
PB15  
16  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 3-9. ATSAM4LS TQFP64/QFN64 Pinout  
PA18  
PA19  
PA20  
VDDIO  
PB12  
PB13  
PA21  
PA22  
PB14  
PB15  
PA23  
PA24  
VDDIO  
PA25  
PA26  
GND  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
PA12  
PA11  
PA10  
PA09  
PB07  
PB06  
PA08  
VDDANA  
ADVREFP  
GNDANA  
PA07  
PA06  
PB05  
PB04  
XOUT32  
XIN32  
17  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 3-10. ATSAM4LS TQFP48/QFN48 Pinout  
PA18  
PA19  
PA20  
VDDIO  
PA21  
PA22  
PA23  
PA24  
VDDIO  
PA25  
PA26  
GND  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
PA12  
PA11  
PA10  
PA09  
PA08  
VDDANA  
ADVREFP  
GNDANA  
PA07  
PA06  
XOUT32  
XIN32  
See Section 3.3 ”Signals Description” on page 31 for a description of the various peripheral  
signals.  
Refer to ”Electrical Characteristics” on page 99 for a description of the electrical properties of the  
pin types used.  
18  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
3.2  
Peripheral Multiplexing on I/O lines  
3.2.1  
Multiplexed Signals  
Each GPIO line can be assigned to one of the peripheral functions. The following tables (Section  
3-1 ”100-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing” on page 19 to Section 3-4 ”48-pin GPIO  
Controller Function Multiplexing” on page 28) describes the peripheral signals multiplexed to the  
GPIO lines.  
Peripheral functions that are not relevant in some parts of the family are grey-shaded.  
For description of differents Supply voltage source, refer to the Section 6. ”Power and Startup  
Considerations” on page 46.  
Table 3-1.  
100-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing (Sheet 1 of 4)  
GPIO Functions  
QFN VFBGA QFN VFBGA  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
5
6
B9  
B8  
5
6
B9  
B8  
PA00  
PA01  
0
1
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
S P I  
NPCS0  
C AT B  
DIS  
12  
19  
24  
25  
30  
31  
44  
47  
48  
49  
50  
63  
64  
65  
A7  
B3  
A2  
A1  
C3  
D3  
G2  
F5  
H2  
H3  
J2  
12  
19  
24  
25  
30  
31  
44  
47  
48  
49  
50  
63  
64  
65  
A7  
B3  
A2  
A1  
C3  
D3  
G2  
F5  
H2  
H3  
J2  
PA02  
PA03  
PA04  
PA05  
PA06  
PA07  
PA08  
PA09  
PA10  
PA11  
PA12  
PA13  
PA14  
PA15  
2
3
VDDIN  
VDDIN  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
LCDA  
S P I  
MISO  
A D C I F E  
AD0  
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
E I C  
EXTINT2  
G L O C  
IN1  
C AT B  
SENSE0  
4
A D C I F E  
AD1  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
E I C  
EXTINT3  
G L O C  
IN2  
A D C I F E  
TRIGGER  
C AT B  
SENSE1  
5
DACC  
VOUT  
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
E I C  
EXTINT1  
G L O C  
IN0  
A C I F C  
ACAN0  
C AT B  
SENSE2  
6
A D C I F E  
AD2  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
E I C  
EXTINT4  
G L O C  
IN3  
A C I F C  
ACAP0  
C AT B  
SENSE3  
7
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
T C 0  
A0  
PEVC  
PAD EVT0  
G L O C  
OUT0  
LCDCA  
SEG23  
C AT B  
SENSE4  
8
U S A R T 0  
CTS  
T C 0  
B0  
PEVC  
PA R C  
LCDCA  
COM3  
C AT B  
SENSE5  
9
LCDA  
PAD EVT1 PCDATA0  
PEVC PA R C  
PAD EVT2 PCDATA1  
PEVC PA R C  
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
T C 0  
A1  
LCDCA  
COM2  
C AT B  
SENSE6  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
LCDA  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
T C 0  
B1  
LCDCA  
COM1  
C AT B  
SENSE7  
LCDA  
PAD EVT3 PCDATA2  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
T C 0  
A2  
PA R C  
PCDATA3  
LCDCA  
COM0  
C AT B  
DIS  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
RTS  
T C 0  
B2  
S P I  
NPCS1  
PA R C  
PCDATA4  
LCDCA  
SEG5  
C AT B  
SENSE8  
H5  
K7  
G5  
H5  
K7  
G5  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
CLK  
T C 0  
CLK0  
S P I  
NPCS2  
PA R C  
PCDATA5  
LCDCA  
SEG6  
C AT B  
SENSE9  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
RXD  
T C 0  
CLK1  
S P I  
NPCS3  
PA R C  
PCDATA6  
LCDCA  
SEG7  
C AT B  
SENSE10  
LCDA  
19  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-1.  
100-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing (Sheet 2 of 4)  
GPIO Functions  
QFN VFBGA QFN VFBGA  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
U S A R T 1  
TXD  
T C 0  
CLK2  
E I C  
PA R C  
LCDCA  
SEG8  
C AT B  
SENSE11  
66  
67  
76  
77  
78  
91  
92  
95  
96  
98  
99  
J7  
H6  
66  
67  
76  
77  
78  
91  
92  
95  
96  
98  
99  
51  
52  
53  
56  
57  
20  
21  
22  
23  
28  
29  
45  
46  
J7  
H6  
K10  
J10  
H10  
E9  
PA16  
PA17  
PA18  
PA19  
PA20  
PA21  
PA22  
PA23  
PA24  
PA25  
PA26  
PA27  
PA28  
PA29  
PA30  
PA31  
PB00  
PB01  
PB02  
PB03  
PB04  
PB05  
PB06  
PB07  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDC  
LCDC  
LCDC  
LCDC  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
VDDIN  
VDDIN  
EXTINT1 PCDATA7  
U S A R T 2  
RTS  
ABDACB  
DAC0  
E I C  
EXTINT2  
PA R C  
PCCK  
LCDCA  
SEG9  
C AT B  
SENSE12  
U S A R T 2  
CLK  
ABDACB  
DACN0  
E I C  
EXTINT3  
PA R C  
PCEN1  
LCDCA  
SEG18  
C AT B  
SENSE13  
K10  
J10  
H10  
E9  
U S A R T 2  
RXD  
ABDACB  
DAC1  
E I C  
EXTINT4  
PA R C  
PCEN2  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
LCDCA  
SEG19  
C AT B  
SENSE14  
U S A R T 2  
TXD  
ABDACB  
DACN1  
E I C  
EXTINT5  
G L O C  
IN0  
S C I F  
GCLK1  
LCDCA  
SEG20  
C AT B  
SENSE15  
S P I  
MISO  
U S A R T 1  
CTS  
E I C  
EXTINT6  
G L O C  
IN1  
T W I M 2  
TWD  
LCDCA  
SEG34  
C AT B  
SENSE16  
S P I  
MOSI  
U S A R T 2  
CTS  
E I C  
EXTINT7  
G L O C  
IN2  
T W I M 2  
TWCK  
LCDCA  
SEG35  
C AT B  
SENSE17  
E10  
D6  
E10  
D6  
D10  
D9  
C9  
K1  
J1  
S P I  
SCK  
T W I M S 0  
TWD  
E I C  
EXTINT8  
G L O C  
IN3  
S C I F  
GCLK IN0  
LCDCA  
SEG38  
C AT B  
DIS  
S P I  
NPCS0  
T W I M S 0  
TWCK  
G L O C  
OUT0  
S C I F  
GCLK IN1  
LCDCA  
SEG39  
C AT B  
SENSE18  
D10  
D9  
U S B C  
DM  
U S A R T 2  
RXD  
C AT B  
SENSE19  
U S B C  
DP  
U S A R T 2  
TXD  
C AT B  
SENSE20  
C9  
S P I  
MISO  
I I S C  
ISCK  
ABDACB  
DAC0  
G L O C  
IN4  
U S A R T 3  
RTS  
C AT B  
SENSE0  
S P I  
MOSI  
I I S C  
ISDI  
ABDACB  
DACN0  
G L O C  
IN5  
U S A R T 3  
CTS  
C AT B  
SENSE1  
S P I  
SCK  
I I S C  
IWS  
ABDACB  
DAC1  
G L O C  
IN6  
U S A R T 3  
CLK  
C AT B  
SENSE2  
K2  
K4  
K5  
J3  
S P I  
NPCS0  
I I S C  
ISDO  
ABDACB  
DACN1  
G L O C  
IN7  
U S A R T 3  
RXD  
C AT B  
SENSE3  
S P I  
NPCS1  
I I S C  
IMCK  
ABDACB  
CLK  
G L O C  
OUT1  
U S A R T 3  
TXD  
C AT B  
DIS  
T W I M S 1  
TWD  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
C AT B  
SENSE21  
20  
21  
22  
23  
28  
29  
45  
46  
J3  
D5  
E5  
C4  
C1  
B1  
G3  
H1  
T W I M S 1  
TWCK  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
E I C  
EXTINT0  
C AT B  
SENSE22  
D5  
E5  
A D C I F E  
AD3  
U S A R T 1 ABDACB  
RTS DAC0  
I I S C  
ISCK  
A C I F C  
ACBN0  
C AT B  
SENSE23  
34 VDDANA  
35 VDDANA  
36 VDDANA  
37 VDDANA  
A D C I F E  
AD4  
U S A R T 1 ABDACB  
CLK DACN0  
I I S C  
ISDI  
A C I F C  
ACBP0  
C AT B  
DIS  
C4  
C1  
B1  
G3  
H1  
A D C I F E  
AD5  
U S A R T 1 ABDACB  
RXD DAC1  
I I S C  
ISDO  
DACC  
EXT TRIG0  
C AT B  
SENSE24  
A D C I F E  
AD6  
U S A R T 1 ABDACB  
TXD  
I I S C  
IMCK  
C AT B  
SENSE25  
DACN1  
U S A R T 3  
RTS  
G L O C  
IN4  
I I S C  
IWS  
LCDCA  
SEG22  
C AT B  
SENSE26  
38  
39  
LCDA  
LCDA  
U S A R T 3  
CTS  
G L O C  
IN5  
T C 0  
A0  
LCDCA  
SEG21  
C AT B  
SENSE27  
20  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-1.  
100-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing (Sheet 3 of 4)  
GPIO Functions  
QFN VFBGA QFN VFBGA  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
U S A R T 3  
CLK  
G L O C  
IN6  
T C 0  
B0  
LCDCA  
SEG14  
C AT B  
SENSE28  
72  
73  
74  
75  
89  
90  
93  
94  
1
G6  
G7  
G8  
K9  
E7  
E8  
D7  
D8  
A10  
C8  
C7  
B7  
C5  
C6  
B6  
F2  
72  
73  
74  
75  
89  
90  
93  
94  
1
G6  
G7  
G8  
K9  
E7  
E8  
D7  
D8  
A10  
C8  
C7  
B7  
C5  
C6  
B6  
F2  
PB08  
PB09  
PB10  
PB11  
PB12  
PB13  
PB14  
PB15  
PC00  
PC01  
PC02  
PC03  
PC04  
PC05  
PC06  
PC07  
PC08  
PC09  
PC10  
PC11  
PC12  
PC13  
PC14  
PC15  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDC  
LCDC  
LCDC  
LCDC  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
U S A R T 3  
RXD  
P E V C  
PAD EVT2  
G L O C  
IN7  
T C 0  
A1  
LCDCA  
SEG15  
C AT B  
SENSE29  
U S A R T 3  
TXD  
P E V C  
PAD EVT3  
G L O C  
OUT1  
T C 0  
B1  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
LCDCA  
SEG16  
C AT B  
SENSE30  
U S A R T 0  
CTS  
S P I  
NPCS2  
T C 0  
A2  
S C I F  
GCLK1  
LCDCA  
SEG17  
C AT B  
SENSE31  
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
S P I  
NPCS3  
PEVC  
PAD EVT0  
T C 0  
B2  
S C I F  
GCLK2  
LCDCA  
SEG32  
C AT B  
DIS  
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
S P I  
NPCS1  
PEVC  
PAD EVT1  
T C 0  
CLK0  
S C I F  
GCLK3  
LCDCA  
SEG33  
C AT B  
SENSE0  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
S P I  
MISO  
T W I M 3  
TWD  
T C 0  
CLK1  
S C I F  
GCLK IN0  
LCDCA  
SEG36  
C AT B  
SENSE1  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
S P I  
MOSI  
T W I M 3  
TWCK  
T C 0  
CLK2  
S C I F  
GCLK IN1  
LCDCA  
SEG37  
C AT B  
SENSE2  
S P I  
NPCS2  
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
T C 1  
A0  
C AT B  
SENSE3  
S P I  
NPCS3  
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
T C 1  
B0  
C AT B  
SENSE4  
2
2
S P I  
NPCS1  
U S A R T 0  
CTS  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
T C 1  
A1  
C AT B  
SENSE5  
3
3
S P I  
NPCS0  
E I C  
EXTINT5  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
T C 1  
B1  
C AT B  
SENSE6  
4
4
S P I  
MISO  
E I C  
EXTINT6  
T C 1  
A2  
C AT B  
SENSE7  
9
9
S P I  
MOSI  
E I C  
EXTINT7  
T C 1  
B2  
C AT B  
DIS  
10  
11  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
58  
10  
11  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
58  
S P I  
SCK  
E I C  
EXTINT8  
T C 1  
CLK0  
C AT B  
SENSE8  
A D C I F E  
AD7  
U S A R T 2  
RTS  
PEVC  
PAD EVT0  
T C 1  
CLK1  
C AT B  
SENSE9  
71 VDDANA  
72 VDDANA  
73 VDDANA  
74 VDDANA  
75 VDDANA  
76 VDDANA  
77 VDDANA  
78 VDDANA  
A D C I F E  
AD8  
U S A R T 2  
CLK  
PEVC  
PAD EVT1  
T C 1  
CLK2  
U S A R T 2  
CTS  
C AT B  
SENSE10  
E3  
F1  
E3  
F1  
A D C I F E  
AD9  
U S A R T 3 ABDACB  
RXD DAC0  
I I S C  
ISCK  
A C I F C  
ACAN1  
C AT B  
SENSE11  
A D C I F E  
AD10  
U S A R T 3 ABDACB  
I I S C  
ISDI  
A C I F C  
ACAP1  
C AT B  
SENSE12  
D4  
E4  
F3  
D4  
E4  
F3  
TXD  
DACN0  
A D C I F E  
AD11  
U S A R T 2  
RXD  
PEVC  
PAD EVT2  
C AT B  
SENSE13  
A D C I F E  
AD12  
U S A R T 2 ABDACB  
TXD CLK  
I I S C  
IWS  
C AT B  
SENSE14  
A D C I F E  
AD13  
U S A R T 3 ABDACB  
RTS DAC1  
I I S C  
ISDO  
A C I F C  
ACBN1  
C AT B  
SENSE15  
F4  
F4  
A D C I F E  
AD14  
U S A R T 3 ABDACB  
CLK DACN1  
I I S C  
IMCK  
A C I F C  
ACBP1  
C AT B  
DIS  
G1  
J5  
G1  
J5  
T C 1  
A0  
G L O C  
IN4  
LCDCA  
SEG0  
C AT B  
SENSE16  
79  
LCDA  
21  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-1.  
100-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing (Sheet 4 of 4)  
GPIO Functions  
QFN VFBGA QFN VFBGA  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
T C 1  
B0  
G L O C  
IN5  
LCDCA  
SEG1  
C AT B  
SENSE17  
59  
60  
61  
62  
68  
69  
70  
71  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
J6  
H4  
K6  
G4  
H7  
K8  
J8  
59  
60  
61  
62  
68  
69  
70  
71  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
J6  
H4  
K6  
G4  
H7  
K8  
J8  
PC16  
PC17  
PC18  
PC19  
PC20  
PC21  
PC22  
PC23  
PC24  
PC25  
PC26  
PC27  
PC28  
PC29  
PC30  
PC31  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDB  
LCDB  
LCDB  
LCDB  
LCDB  
LCDB  
LCDB  
LCDB  
T C 1  
A1  
G L O C  
IN6  
LCDCA  
SEG2  
C AT B  
SENSE18  
T C 1  
B1  
G L O C  
IN7  
LCDCA  
SEG3  
C AT B  
SENSE19  
T C 1  
A2  
G L O C  
OUT1  
LCDCA  
SEG4  
C AT B  
SENSE20  
T C 1  
B2  
LCDCA  
SEG10  
C AT B  
SENSE21  
T C 1  
CLK0  
PA R C  
PCCK  
LCDCA  
SEG11  
C AT B  
SENSE22  
T C 1  
CLK1  
PA R C  
PCEN1  
LCDCA  
SEG12  
C AT B  
SENSE23  
T C 1  
CLK2  
PA R C  
PCEN2  
LCDCA  
SEG13  
C AT B  
DIS  
H8  
J9  
H8  
J9  
U S A R T 1  
RTS  
E I C  
PEVC  
PA R C  
LCDCA  
SEG24  
C AT B  
SENSE24  
EXTINT1 PAD EVT0 PCDATA0  
E I C PEVC PA R C  
EXTINT2 PAD EVT1 PCDATA1  
E I C PEVC PA R C  
EXTINT3 PAD EVT2 PCDATA2  
E I C PEVC PA R C  
EXTINT4 PAD EVT3 PCDATA3  
U S A R T 1  
CLK  
LCDCA  
SEG25  
C AT B  
SENSE25  
H9  
G9  
F6  
H9  
G9  
F6  
U S A R T 1  
RXD  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
LCDCA  
SEG26  
C AT B  
SENSE26  
U S A R T 1  
TXD  
S C I F  
GCLK1  
LCDCA  
SEG27  
C AT B  
SENSE27  
U S A R T 3  
RXD  
S P I  
MISO  
G L O C  
IN4  
PA R C  
PCDATA4  
S C I F  
GCLK2  
LCDCA  
SEG28  
C AT B  
SENSE28  
G10  
F7  
G10  
F7  
U S A R T 3  
TXD  
S P I  
MOSI  
G L O C  
IN5  
PA R C  
PCDATA5  
S C I F  
GCLK3  
LCDCA  
SEG29  
C AT B  
SENSE29  
U S A R T 3  
RTS  
S P I  
SCK  
G L O C  
IN6  
PA R C  
S C I F  
LCDCA  
SEG30  
C AT B  
SENSE30  
F8  
F8  
PCDATA6 GCLK IN0  
PA R C S C I F  
PCDATA7 GCLK IN1  
U S A R T 3  
CLK  
S P I  
NPCS0  
G L O C  
OUT1  
LCDCA  
SEG31  
C AT B  
SENSE31  
F9  
F9  
Table 3-2.  
64-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing (Sheet 1 of 3)  
GPIO Functions  
QFP QFP  
QFN QFN  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1
2
1
2
PA00  
PA01  
0
1
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
S P I  
NPCS0  
C AT B  
DIS  
3
3
PA02  
PA03  
2
3
VDDIN  
VDDIN  
S P I  
MISO  
10  
10  
22  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-2.  
64-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing (Sheet 2 of 3)  
GPIO Functions  
QFP QFP  
QFN QFN  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
A D C I F E  
AD0  
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
E I C  
EXTINT2  
G L O C  
IN1  
C AT B  
SENSE0  
15  
16  
21  
22  
26  
29  
30  
31  
32  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
49  
50  
51  
55  
56  
59  
60  
62  
63  
15  
16  
21  
22  
26  
29  
30  
31  
32  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
49  
50  
51  
55  
56  
59  
60  
62  
63  
PA04  
PA05  
PA06  
PA07  
PA08  
PA09  
PA10  
PA11  
PA12  
PA13  
PA14  
PA15  
PA16  
PA17  
PA18  
PA19  
PA20  
PA21  
PA22  
PA23  
PA24  
PA25  
PA26  
4
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
LCDA  
A D C I F E  
AD1  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
E I C  
EXTINT3  
G L O C  
IN2  
ADCIFE  
TRIGGER  
C AT B  
SENSE1  
5
D A C C  
VOUT  
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
E I C  
EXTINT1  
G L O C  
IN0  
A C I F C  
ACAN0  
C AT B  
SENSE2  
6
A D C I F E  
AD2  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
E I C  
EXTINT4  
G L O C  
IN3  
A C I F C  
ACAP0  
C AT B  
SENSE3  
7
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
T C 0  
A0  
P E V C  
PAD EVT0  
G L O C  
OUT0  
LCDCA  
SEG23  
C AT B  
SENSE4  
8
U S A R T 0  
CTS  
T C 0  
B0  
P E V C  
PARC  
LCDCA  
COM3  
C AT B  
SENSE5  
9
LCDA  
PAD EVT1 PCDATA0  
P E V C PARC  
PAD EVT2 PCDATA1  
P E V C PARC  
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
T C 0  
A1  
LCDCA  
COM2  
C AT B  
SENSE6  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
LCDA  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
T C 0  
B1  
LCDCA  
COM1  
C AT B  
SENSE7  
LCDA  
PAD EVT3 PCDATA2  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
T C 0  
A2  
PARC  
PCDATA3  
LCDCA  
COM0  
C AT B  
DIS  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
RTS  
T C 0  
B2  
S P I  
NPCS1  
PARC  
PCDATA4  
LCDCA  
SEG5  
C AT B  
SENSE8  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
CLK  
T C 0  
CLK0  
S P I  
NPCS2  
PARC  
PCDATA5  
LCDCA  
SEG6  
C AT B  
SENSE9  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
RXD  
T C 0  
CLK1  
S P I  
NPCS3  
PARC  
PCDATA6  
LCDCA  
SEG7  
C AT B  
SENSE10  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
TXD  
T C 0  
CLK2  
E I C  
PARC  
LCDCA  
SEG8  
C AT B  
SENSE11  
LCDA  
EXTINT1 PCDATA7  
U S A R T 2 ABDACB  
RTS DAC0  
E I C  
EXTINT2  
PARC  
PCCK  
LCDCA  
SEG9  
C AT B  
SENSE12  
LCDA  
U S A R T 2 ABDACB  
CLK DACN0  
E I C  
EXTINT3  
PARC  
PCEN1  
LCDCA  
SEG18  
C AT B  
SENSE13  
LCDA  
U S A R T 2 ABDACB  
RXD DAC1  
E I C  
EXTINT4  
PARC  
PCEN2  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
LCDCA  
SEG19  
C AT B  
SENSE14  
LCDA  
U S A R T 2 ABDACB  
TXD  
E I C  
EXTINT5  
G L O C  
IN0  
S C I F  
GCLK1  
LCDCA  
SEG20  
C AT B  
SENSE15  
LCDA  
DACN1  
S P I  
MISO  
U S A R T 1  
CTS  
E I C  
EXTINT6  
G L O C  
IN1  
T W I M 2  
TWD  
LCDCA  
SEG34  
C AT B  
SENSE16  
LCDC  
S P I  
MOSI  
U S A R T 2  
CTS  
E I C  
EXTINT7  
G L O C  
IN2  
T W I M 2  
TWCK  
LCDCA  
SEG35  
C AT B  
SENSE17  
LCDC  
S P I  
SCK  
T W I M S 0  
TWD  
E I C  
EXTINT8  
G L O C  
IN3  
S C I F  
GCLK IN0  
LCDCA  
SEG38  
C AT B  
DIS  
LCDC  
S P I  
NPCS0  
T W I M S 0  
TWCK  
G L O C  
OUT0  
S C I F  
GCLK IN1  
LCDCA  
SEG39  
C AT B  
SENSE18  
LCDC  
U S B C  
DM  
U S A R T 2  
RXD  
C AT B  
SENSE19  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
U S B C  
DP  
U S A R T 2  
TXD  
C AT B  
SENSE20  
23  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-2.  
64-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing (Sheet 3 of 3)  
GPIO Functions  
QFP QFP  
QFN QFN  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
S P I  
MISO  
I I S C  
ISCK  
ABDACB  
DAC0  
G L O C  
IN4  
U S A R T 3  
RTS  
C AT B  
SENSE0  
33  
34  
35  
38  
39  
PA27  
PA28  
PA29  
PA30  
PA31  
PB00  
PB01  
PB02  
PB03  
PB04  
PB05  
PB06  
PB07  
PB08  
PB09  
PB10  
PB11  
PB12  
PB13  
PB14  
PB15  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
VDDIN  
VDDIN  
S P I  
MOSI  
I I S C  
ISDI  
ABDACB  
DACN0  
G L O C  
IN5  
U S A R T 3  
CTS  
C AT B  
SENSE1  
S P I  
SCK  
I I S C  
IWS  
ABDACB  
DAC1  
G L O C  
IN6  
U S A R T 3  
CLK  
C AT B  
SENSE2  
S P I  
NPCS0  
I I S C  
ISDO  
ABDACB  
DACN1  
G L O C  
IN7  
U S A R T 3  
RXD  
C AT B  
SENSE3  
S P I  
NPCS1  
I I S C  
IMCK  
ABDACB  
CLK  
G L O C  
OUT1  
U S A R T 3  
TXD  
C AT B  
DIS  
T W I M S 1  
TWD  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
C AT B  
SENSE21  
11  
12  
13  
14  
19  
20  
27  
28  
45  
46  
47  
48  
53  
54  
57  
58  
11  
12  
13  
14  
19  
20  
27  
28  
45  
46  
47  
48  
53  
54  
57  
58  
T W I M S 1  
TWCK  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
E I C  
EXTINT0  
C AT B  
SENSE22  
A D C I F E  
AD3  
U S A R T 1  
RTS  
ABDACB  
DAC0  
I I S C  
ISCK  
A C I F C  
ACBN0  
C AT B  
SENSE23  
34 VDDANA  
35 VDDANA  
36 VDDANA  
37 VDDANA  
A D C I F E  
AD4  
U S A R T 1  
CLK  
ABDACB  
DACN0  
I I S C  
ISDI  
A C I F C  
ACBP0  
C AT B  
DIS  
A D C I F E  
AD5  
U S A R T 1  
RXD  
ABDACB  
DAC1  
I I S C  
ISDO  
DACC  
EXT TRIG0  
C AT B  
SENSE24  
A D C I F E  
AD6  
U S A R T 1  
TXD  
ABDACB  
DACN1  
I I S C  
IMCK  
C AT B  
SENSE25  
U S A R T 3  
RTS  
G L O C  
IN4  
I I S C  
IWS  
LCDCA  
SEG22  
C AT B  
SENSE26  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDC  
LCDC  
LCDC  
LCDC  
U S A R T 3  
CTS  
G L O C  
IN5  
T C 0  
A0  
LCDCA  
SEG21  
C AT B  
SENSE27  
U S A R T 3  
CLK  
G L O C  
IN6  
T C 0  
B0  
LCDCA  
SEG14  
C AT B  
SENSE28  
U S A R T 3  
RXD  
PEVC  
PAD EVT2  
G L O C  
IN7  
T C 0  
A1  
LCDCA  
SEG15  
C AT B  
SENSE29  
U S A R T 3  
TXD  
PEVC  
PAD EVT3  
G L O C  
OUT1  
T C 0  
B1  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
LCDCA  
SEG16  
C AT B  
SENSE30  
U S A R T 0  
CTS  
S P I  
NPCS2  
T C 0  
A2  
S C I F  
GCLK1  
LCDCA  
SEG17  
C AT B  
SENSE31  
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
S P I  
NPCS3  
P E V C  
PAD EVT0  
T C 0  
B2  
S C I F  
GCLK2  
LCDCA  
SEG32  
C AT B  
DIS  
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
S P I  
NPCS1  
P E V C  
PAD EVT1  
T C 0  
CLK0  
S C I F  
GCLK3  
LCDCA  
SEG33  
C AT B  
SENSE0  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
S P I  
MISO  
T W I M 3  
TWD  
T C 0  
CLK1  
S C I F  
GCLK IN0  
LCDCA  
SEG36  
C AT B  
SENSE1  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
S P I  
MOSI  
T W I M 3  
TWCK  
T C 0  
CLK2  
S C I F  
GCLK IN1  
LCDCA  
SEG37  
C AT B  
SENSE2  
24  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-3.  
64-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing for WLCSP package (Sheet 1 of 3)  
GPIO Functions  
D
WLCSP WLCSP  
A
B
C
E
F
G
G4  
G5  
G4  
G5  
PA00  
PA01  
0
1
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
S P I  
NPCS0  
C AT B  
DIS  
F3  
E2  
D3  
C3  
C4  
C5  
B4  
A5  
B6  
B7  
A8  
C7  
D7  
E7  
F7  
G8  
G7  
G6  
H7  
H5  
F5  
F3  
E2  
D3  
C3  
C4  
C5  
B4  
A5  
B6  
B7  
A8  
C7  
D7  
E7  
F7  
G8  
G7  
G6  
H7  
H5  
F5  
PA02  
PA03  
PA04  
PA05  
PA06  
PA07  
PA08  
PA09  
PA10  
PA11  
PA12  
PA13  
PA14  
PA15  
PA16  
PA17  
PA18  
PA19  
PA20  
PA21  
PA22  
2
3
VDDIN  
VDDIN  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
LCDA  
S P I  
MISO  
A D C I F E  
AD0  
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
E I C  
EXTINT2  
G L O C  
IN1  
C AT B  
SENSE0  
4
A D C I F E  
AD1  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
E I C  
EXTINT3  
G L O C  
IN2  
A D C I F E  
TRIGGER  
C AT B  
SENSE1  
5
DACC  
VOUT  
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
E I C  
EXTINT1  
G L O C  
IN0  
A C I F C  
ACAN0  
C AT B  
SENSE2  
6
A D C I F E  
AD2  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
E I C  
EXTINT4  
G L O C  
IN3  
A C I F C  
ACAP0  
C AT B  
SENSE3  
7
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
T C 0  
A0  
PEVC  
PAD EVT0  
G L O C  
OUT0  
LCDCA  
SEG23  
C AT B  
SENSE4  
8
U S A R T 0  
CTS  
T C 0  
B0  
PEVC  
PA R C  
LCDCA  
COM3  
C AT B  
SENSE5  
9
LCDA  
PAD EVT1 PCDATA0  
PEVC PA R C  
PAD EVT2 PCDATA1  
PEVC PA R C  
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
T C 0  
A1  
LCDCA  
COM2  
C AT B  
SENSE6  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
LCDA  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
T C 0  
B1  
LCDCA  
COM1  
C AT B  
SENSE7  
LCDA  
PAD EVT3 PCDATA2  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
T C 0  
A2  
PA R C  
PCDATA3  
LCDCA  
COM0  
C AT B  
DIS  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
RTS  
T C 0  
B2  
S P I  
NPCS1  
PA R C  
PCDATA4  
LCDCA  
SEG5  
C AT B  
SENSE8  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
CLK  
T C 0  
CLK0  
S P I  
NPCS2  
PA R C  
PCDATA5  
LCDCA  
SEG6  
C AT B  
SENSE9  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
RXD  
T C 0  
CLK1  
S P I  
NPCS3  
PA R C  
PCDATA6  
LCDCA  
SEG7  
C AT B  
SENSE10  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
TXD  
T C 0  
CLK2  
E I C  
PA R C  
LCDCA  
SEG8  
C AT B  
SENSE11  
LCDA  
EXTINT1 PCDATA7  
U S A R T 2  
RTS  
ABDACB  
DAC0  
E I C  
EXTINT2  
PA R C  
PCCK  
LCDCA  
SEG9  
C AT B  
SENSE12  
LCDA  
U S A R T 2  
CLK  
ABDACB  
DACN0  
E I C  
EXTINT3  
PA R C  
PCEN1  
LCDCA  
SEG18  
C AT B  
SENSE13  
LCDA  
U S A R T 2  
RXD  
ABDACB  
DAC1  
E I C  
EXTINT4  
PA R C  
PCEN2  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
LCDCA  
SEG19  
C AT B  
SENSE14  
LCDA  
U S A R T 2  
TXD  
ABDACB  
DACN1  
E I C  
EXTINT5  
G L O C  
IN0  
S C I F  
GCLK1  
LCDCA  
SEG20  
C AT B  
SENSE15  
LCDA  
S P I  
MISO  
U S A R T 1  
CTS  
E I C  
EXTINT6  
G L O C  
IN1  
T W I M 2  
TWD  
LCDCA  
SEG34  
C AT B  
SENSE16  
LCDC  
S P I  
MOSI  
U S A R T 2  
CTS  
E I C  
EXTINT7  
G L O C  
IN2  
T W I M 2  
TWCK  
LCDCA  
SEG35  
C AT B  
SENSE17  
LCDC  
25  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-3.  
64-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing for WLCSP package (Sheet 2 of 3)  
GPIO Functions  
WLCSP WLCSP  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
S P I  
SCK  
T W I M S 0  
TWD  
E I C  
EXTINT8  
G L O C  
IN3  
S C I F  
GCLK IN0  
LCDCA  
SEG38  
C AT B  
DIS  
H3  
G3  
H2  
G2  
H3  
G3  
H2  
G2  
A7  
A6  
B8  
E8  
F8  
D2  
C2  
E3  
B1  
A1  
D4  
B5  
C6  
D6  
E6  
F6  
H8  
D5  
PA23  
PA24  
PA25  
PA26  
PA27  
PA28  
PA29  
PA30  
PA31  
PB00  
PB01  
PB02  
PB03  
PB04  
PB05  
PB06  
PB07  
PB08  
PB09  
PB10  
PB11  
PB12  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
LCDC  
LCDC  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
VDDIN  
VDDIN  
S P I  
NPCS0  
T W I M S 0  
TWCK  
G L O C  
OUT0  
S C I F  
GCLK IN1  
LCDCA  
SEG39  
C AT B  
SENSE18  
U S B C  
DM  
U S A R T 2  
RXD  
C AT B  
SENSE19  
U S B C  
DP  
U S A R T 2  
TXD  
C AT B  
SENSE20  
S P I  
MISO  
I I S C  
ISCK  
ABDACB  
DAC0  
G L O C  
IN4  
U S A R T 3  
RTS  
C AT B  
SENSE0  
S P I  
MOSI  
I I S C  
ISDI  
ABDACB  
DACN0  
G L O C  
IN5  
U S A R T 3  
CTS  
C AT B  
SENSE1  
S P I  
SCK  
I I S C  
IWS  
ABDACB  
DAC1  
G L O C  
IN6  
U S A R T 3  
CLK  
C AT B  
SENSE2  
S P I  
NPCS0  
I I S C  
ISDO  
ABDACB  
DACN1  
G L O C  
IN7  
U S A R T 3  
RXD  
C AT B  
SENSE3  
S P I  
NPCS1  
I I S C  
IMCK  
ABDACB  
CLK  
G L O C  
OUT1  
U S A R T 3  
TXD  
C AT B  
DIS  
T W I M S 1  
TWD  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
C AT B  
SENSE21  
D2  
C2  
E3  
B1  
A1  
D4  
B5  
C6  
D6  
E6  
F6  
H8  
D5  
T W I M S 1  
TWCK  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
E I C  
EXTINT0  
C AT B  
SENSE22  
A D C I F E  
AD3  
U S A R T 1 ABDACB  
RTS DAC0  
I I S C  
ISCK  
A C I F C  
ACBN0  
C AT B  
SENSE23  
34 VDDANA  
35 VDDANA  
36 VDDANA  
37 VDDANA  
A D C I F E  
AD4  
U S A R T 1 ABDACB  
CLK DACN0  
I I S C  
ISDI  
A C I F C  
ACBP0  
C AT B  
DIS  
A D C I F E  
AD5  
U S A R T 1 ABDACB  
RXD DAC1  
I I S C  
ISDO  
DACC  
EXT TRIG0  
C AT B  
SENSE24  
A D C I F E  
AD6  
U S A R T 1 ABDACB  
TXD  
I I S C  
IMCK  
C AT B  
SENSE25  
DACN1  
U S A R T 3  
RTS  
G L O C  
IN4  
I I S C  
IWS  
LCDCA  
SEG22  
C AT B  
SENSE26  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDC  
U S A R T 3  
CTS  
G L O C  
IN5  
T C 0  
A0  
LCDCA  
SEG21  
C AT B  
SENSE27  
U S A R T 3  
CLK  
G L O C  
IN6  
T C 0  
B0  
LCDCA  
SEG14  
C AT B  
SENSE28  
U S A R T 3  
RXD  
P E V C  
PAD EVT2  
G L O C  
IN7  
T C 0  
A1  
LCDCA  
SEG15  
C AT B  
SENSE29  
U S A R T 3  
TXD  
P E V C  
PAD EVT3  
G L O C  
OUT1  
T C 0  
B1  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
LCDCA  
SEG16  
C AT B  
SENSE30  
U S A R T 0  
CTS  
S P I  
NPCS2  
T C 0  
A2  
S C I F  
GCLK1  
LCDCA  
SEG17  
C AT B  
SENSE31  
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
S P I  
NPCS3  
PEVC  
PAD EVT0  
T C 0  
B2  
S C I F  
GCLK2  
LCDCA  
SEG32  
C AT B  
DIS  
26  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-3.  
64-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing for WLCSP package (Sheet 3 of 3)  
GPIO Functions  
WLCSP WLCSP  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
S P I  
NPCS1  
PEVC  
PAD EVT1  
T C 0  
CLK0  
S C I F  
GCLK3  
LCDCA  
SEG33  
C AT B  
SENSE0  
E5  
F4  
H4  
E5  
F4  
H4  
PB13  
PB14  
PB15  
45  
46  
47  
LCDC  
LCDC  
LCDC  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
S P I  
MISO  
T W I M 3  
TWD  
T C 0  
CLK1  
S C I F  
GCLK IN0  
LCDCA  
SEG36  
C AT B  
SENSE1  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
S P I  
MOSI  
T W I M 3  
TWCK  
T C 0  
CLK2  
S C I F  
GCLK IN1  
LCDCA  
SEG37  
C AT B  
SENSE2  
27  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-4.  
48-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing (Sheet 1 of 2)  
GPIO Functions  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1
2
1
2
PA00  
PA01  
0
1
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
S P I  
NPCS0  
C AT B  
DIS  
3
3
PA02  
PA03  
PA04  
PA05  
PA06  
PA07  
PA08  
PA09  
PA10  
PA11  
PA12  
PA13  
PA14  
PA15  
PA16  
PA17  
PA18  
PA19  
PA20  
PA21  
PA22  
PA23  
2
VDDIN  
VDDIN  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
LCDA  
S P I  
MISO  
10  
11  
12  
15  
16  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
41  
42  
43  
10  
11  
12  
15  
16  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
41  
42  
43  
3
A D C I F E  
AD0  
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
E I C  
EXTINT2  
G L O C  
IN1  
C AT B  
SENSE0  
4
A D C I F E  
AD1  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
E I C  
EXTINT3  
G L O C  
IN2  
A D C I F E  
TRIGGER  
C AT B  
SENSE1  
5
DACC  
VOUT  
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
E I C  
EXTINT1  
G L O C  
IN0  
A C I F C  
ACAN0  
C AT B  
SENSE2  
6
A D C I F E  
AD2  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
E I C  
EXTINT4  
G L O C  
IN3  
A C I F C  
ACAP0  
C AT B  
SENSE3  
7
U S A R T 0  
RTS  
T C 0  
A0  
PEVC  
PAD EVT0  
G L O C  
OUT0  
L C D C A  
SEG23  
C AT B  
SENSE4  
8
U S A R T 0  
CTS  
T C 0  
B0  
PEVC  
PA R C  
L C D C A  
COM3  
C AT B  
SENSE5  
9
LCDA  
PAD EVT1 PCDATA0  
PEVC PA R C  
PAD EVT2 PCDATA1  
PEVC PA R C  
U S A R T 0  
CLK  
T C 0  
A1  
L C D C A  
COM2  
C AT B  
SENSE6  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
LCDA  
U S A R T 0  
RXD  
T C 0  
B1  
L C D C A  
COM1  
C AT B  
SENSE7  
LCDA  
PAD EVT3 PCDATA2  
U S A R T 0  
TXD  
T C 0  
A2  
PA R C  
PCDATA3  
L C D C A  
COM0  
C AT B  
DIS  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
RTS  
T C 0  
B2  
S P I  
NPCS1  
PA R C  
PCDATA4  
L C D C A  
SEG5  
C AT B  
SENSE8  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
CLK  
T C 0  
CLK0  
S P I  
NPCS2  
PA R C  
PCDATA5  
L C D C A  
SEG6  
C AT B  
SENSE9  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
RXD  
T C 0  
CLK1  
S P I  
NPCS3  
PA R C  
PCDATA6  
L C D C A  
SEG7  
C AT B  
SENSE10  
LCDA  
U S A R T 1  
TXD  
T C 0  
CLK2  
E I C  
PA R C  
L C D C A  
SEG8  
C AT B  
SENSE11  
LCDA  
EXTINT1 PCDATA7  
U S A R T 2 ABDACB  
RTS DAC0  
E I C  
EXTINT2  
PA R C  
PCCK  
L C D C A  
SEG9  
C AT B  
SENSE12  
LCDA  
U S A R T 2 ABDACB  
CLK DACN0  
E I C  
EXTINT3  
PA R C  
PCEN1  
L C D C A  
SEG18  
C AT B  
SENSE13  
LCDA  
U S A R T 2 ABDACB  
RXD DAC1  
E I C  
EXTINT4  
PA R C  
PCEN2  
S C I F  
GCLK0  
L C D C A  
SEG19  
C AT B  
SENSE14  
LCDA  
U S A R T 2 ABDACB  
E I C  
EXTINT5  
G L O C  
IN0  
S C I F  
GCLK1  
L C D C A  
SEG20  
C AT B  
SENSE15  
LCDA  
TXD  
DACN1  
S P I  
MISO  
U S A R T 1  
CTS  
E I C  
EXTINT6  
G L O C  
IN1  
T W I M 2  
TWD  
L C D C A  
SEG34  
C AT B  
SENSE16  
LCDC  
S P I  
MOSI  
U S A R T 2  
CTS  
E I C  
EXTINT7  
G L O C  
IN2  
T W I M 2  
TWCK  
L C D C A  
SEG35  
C AT B  
SENSE17  
LCDC  
S P I  
SCK  
T W I M S 0  
TWD  
E I C  
EXTINT8  
G L O C  
IN3  
S C I F  
GCLK IN0  
L C D C A  
SEG38  
C AT B  
DIS  
LCDC  
28  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-4.  
48-pin GPIO Controller Function Multiplexing (Sheet 2 of 2)  
GPIO Functions  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
S P I  
NPCS0  
T W I M S 0  
TWCK  
G L O C  
OUT0  
S C I F  
GCLK IN1  
L C D C A  
SEG39  
C AT B  
SENSE18  
44  
46  
47  
44  
46  
47  
25  
26  
27  
30  
31  
PA24  
PA25  
PA26  
PA27  
PA28  
PA29  
PA30  
PA31  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
LCDC  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
LCDA  
U S B C  
DM  
U S A R T 2  
RXD  
C AT B  
SENSE19  
U S B C  
DP  
U S A R T 2  
TXD  
C AT B  
SENSE20  
S P I  
MISO  
I I S C  
ISCK  
ABDACB  
DAC0  
G L O C  
IN4  
U S A R T 3  
RTS  
C AT B  
SENSE0  
S P I  
MOSI  
I I S C  
ISDI  
ABDACB  
DACN0  
G L O C  
IN5  
U S A R T 3  
CTS  
C AT B  
SENSE1  
S P I  
SCK  
I I S C  
IWS  
ABDACB  
DAC1  
G L O C  
IN6  
U S A R T 3  
CLK  
C AT B  
SENSE2  
S P I  
NPCS0  
I I S C  
ISDO  
ABDACB  
DACN1  
G L O C  
IN7  
U S A R T 3  
RXD  
C AT B  
SENSE3  
S P I  
NPCS1  
I I S C  
IMCK  
ABDACB  
CLK  
G L O C  
OUT1  
U S A R T 3  
TXD  
C AT B  
DIS  
3.2.2  
Peripheral Functions  
Each GPIO line can be assigned to one of several peripheral functions. The following table  
describes how the various peripheral functions are selected. The last listed function has priority  
in case multiple functions are enabled on the same pin.  
Table 3-5.  
Function  
Peripheral Functions  
Description  
GPIO Controller Function multiplexing  
JTAG port connections  
Oscillators  
GPIO and GPIO peripheral selection A to H  
JTAG debug port  
OSC0  
3.2.3  
JTAG Port Connections  
If the JTAG is enabled, the JTAG will take control over a number of pins, irrespectively of the I/O  
Controller configuration.  
Table 3-6.  
JTAG Pinout  
48-pin  
64-pin  
64-pin  
100-pin  
QFN  
100-ball  
VFBGA  
Pin  
JTAG  
Pin  
Packages  
QFP/QFN  
WLSCP  
Name  
10  
43  
44  
9
10  
59  
60  
9
E2  
19  
95  
96  
18  
B3  
D6  
PA03  
PA23  
PA24  
TCK  
TMS  
TDO  
TDI  
H3  
G3  
D10  
B4  
F2  
TCK  
29  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
3.2.4  
3.2.5  
ITM Trace Connections  
If the ITM trace is enabled, the ITM will take control over the pin PA23, irrespectively of the I/O  
Controller configuration. The Serial Wire Trace signal is available on pin PA23  
Oscillator Pinout  
The oscillators are not mapped to the normal GPIO functions and their muxings are controlled  
by registers in the System Control Interface (SCIF) or Backup System Control Interface (BSCIF).  
Refer to the Section 15. ”System Control Interface (SCIF)” on page 308 and Section 15. ”Backup  
System Control Interface (BSCIF)” on page 308 for more information about this.  
Table 3-7.  
Oscillator Pinout  
Pin Name  
PA00  
Oscillator Pin  
XIN0  
1
13  
2
1
G4  
B2  
G5  
B3  
5
26  
6
B9  
B2  
B8  
C2  
17  
2
XIN32  
XIN32  
PA01  
XOUT0  
14  
18  
27  
XOUT32  
XOUT32  
30  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
3.3  
Signals Description  
The following table gives details on signal names classified by peripheral.  
Table 3-8.  
Signal Descriptions List (Sheet 1 of 4)  
Active  
Level  
Signal Name  
Function  
Type  
Comments  
Audio Bitstream DAC - ABDACB  
CLK  
D/A clock output  
Output  
Output  
DAC1 - DAC0  
DACN1 - DACN0  
D/A bitstream outputs  
D/A inverted bitstream outputs  
Output  
Analog Comparator Interface - ACIFC  
ACAN1 - ACAN0  
ACAP1 - ACAP0  
ACBN1 - ACBN0  
ACBP1 - ACBP0  
Analog Comparator A negative references  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog Comparator A positive references  
Analog Comparator B negative references  
Analog Comparator B positive references  
ADC controller interface - ADCIFE  
AD14 - AD0  
ADVREFP  
TRIGGER  
Analog inputs  
Analog  
Positive voltage reference  
External trigger  
Analog  
Input  
Backup System Control Interface - BSCIF  
Analog/  
Digital  
XIN32  
32 kHz Crystal Oscillator Input  
32 kHz Crystal Oscillator Output  
XOUT32  
Analog  
Capacitive Touch Module B - CATB  
DIS  
Capacitive discharge line  
Output  
I/O  
SENSE31 - SENSE0  
Capacitive sense lines  
DAC Controller - DACC  
DAC external trigger  
DAC voltage output  
DAC external trigger  
DAC voltage output  
Input  
Analog  
Enhanced Debug Port For ARM Products - EDP  
TCK/SWCLK  
TDI  
JTAG / SW Debug Clock  
Input  
Input  
Output  
I/O  
JTAG Debug Data In  
TDO/TRACESWO  
TMS/SWDIO  
JTAG Debug Data Out / SW Trace Out  
JTAG Debug Mode Select / SW Data  
External Interrupt Controller - EIC  
EXTINT8 - EXTINT0  
External interrupts  
Input  
Glue Logic Controller - GLOC  
Input  
IN7 - IN0  
Lookup Tables Inputs  
OUT1 - OUT0  
Lookup Tables Outputs  
Output  
31  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-8.  
Signal Descriptions List (Sheet 2 of 4)  
Active  
Level  
Signal Name  
Function  
Type  
Comments  
Inter-IC Sound (I2S) Controller - IISC  
IMCK  
ISCK  
ISDI  
I2S Master Clock  
I2S Serial Clock  
I2S Serial Data In  
I2S Serial Data Out  
I2S Word Select  
Output  
I/O  
Input  
ISDO  
IWS  
Output  
I/O  
LCD Controller - LCDCA  
BIASL  
Bias voltage (1/3 VLCD)  
Bias voltage (2/3 VLCD)  
High voltage end of flying capacitor  
Low voltage end of flying capacitor  
Common terminals  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
BIASH  
CAPH  
CAPL  
COM3 - COM0  
SEG39 - SEG0  
VLCD  
Segment terminals  
Bias voltage  
Parallel Capture - PARC  
PCCK  
Clock  
Input  
PCDATA7 - PCDATA0  
PCEN1  
Data lines  
Data enable 1  
Data enable 2  
Input  
Input  
Input  
PCEN2  
Peripheral Event Controller - PEVC  
PAD_EVT3 -  
PAD_EVT0  
Event Inputs  
Reset  
Input  
Power Manager - PM  
Input  
RESET_N  
Low  
System Control Interface - SCIF  
GCLK3 - GCLK0  
Generic Clock Outputs  
Output  
Input  
GCLK_IN1 - GCLK_IN0 Generic Clock Inputs  
Analog/  
Digital  
XIN0  
Crystal 0 Input  
XOUT0  
Crystal 0 Output  
Analog  
Serial Peripheral Interface - SPI  
MISO  
Master In Slave Out  
Master Out Slave In  
I/O  
I/O  
MOSI  
NPCS3 - NPCS0  
SCK  
SPI Peripheral Chip Selects  
Clock  
I/O  
I/O  
Low  
Timer/Counter - TC0, TC1  
32  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-8.  
Signal Descriptions List (Sheet 3 of 4)  
Active  
Level  
Signal Name  
Function  
Type  
I/O  
Comments  
A0  
Channel 0 Line A  
A1  
Channel 1 Line A  
I/O  
A2  
Channel 2 Line A  
I/O  
B0  
Channel 0 Line B  
I/O  
B1  
Channel 1 Line B  
I/O  
B2  
Channel 2 Line B  
I/O  
CLK0  
CLK1  
CLK2  
Channel 0 External Clock Input  
Channel 1 External Clock Input  
Channel 2 External Clock Input  
Input  
Input  
Input  
Two-wire Interface - TWIMS0, TWIMS1, TWIM2, TWIM3  
TWCK  
TWD  
Two-wire Serial Clock  
Two-wire Serial Data  
I/O  
I/O  
Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter - USART0, USART1, USART2, USART3  
CLK  
CTS  
RTS  
RXD  
TXD  
Clock  
I/O  
Clear To Send  
Request To Send  
Receive Data  
Transmit Data  
Input  
Low  
Low  
Output  
Input  
Output  
USB 2.0 Interface - USBC  
DM  
DP  
USB Full Speed Interface Data -  
USB Full Speed Interface Data +  
I/O  
I/O  
Power  
GND  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
GNDANA  
Analog Ground  
Power  
Input  
VDDANA  
VDDCORE  
VDDIN  
Analog Power Supply  
Core Power Supply  
1.68V to 3.6V  
1.68V to 1.98V  
1.68V to 3.6V  
Power  
Input  
Power  
Input  
Voltage Regulator Input  
1.68V to 3.6V. VDDIO must  
always be equal to or lower than  
VDDIN.  
Power  
Input  
VDDIO  
I/O Pads Power Supply  
Voltage Regulator Output  
Power  
Output  
VDDOUT  
1.08V to 1.98V  
General Purpose I/O  
33  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 3-8.  
Signal Descriptions List (Sheet 4 of 4)  
Active  
Level  
Signal Name  
PA31 - PA00  
PB15 - PB00  
PC31 - PC00  
Function  
Type  
I/O  
Comments  
Parallel I/O Controller I/O Port A  
Parallel I/O Controller I/O Port B  
Parallel I/O Controller I/O Port C  
I/O  
I/O  
Note:  
1. See “Power and Startup Considerations” section.  
3.4  
I/O Line Considerations  
3.4.1  
SW/JTAG Pins  
The JTAG pins switch to the JTAG functions if a rising edge is detected on TCK low after the  
RESET_N pin has been released. The TMS, and TDI pins have pull-up resistors when used as  
JTAG pins. The TCK pin always has pull-up enabled during reset. The JTAG pins can be used  
as GPIO pins and multiplexed with peripherals when the JTAG is disabled. Refer to Section  
3.2.3 ”JTAG Port Connections” on page 29 for the JTAG port connections.  
For more details, refer to Section 1.1 ”Enhanced Debug Port (EDP)” on page 3.  
3.4.2  
3.4.3  
RESET_N Pin  
TWI Pins  
The RESET_N pin is a schmitt input and integrates a permanent pull-up resistor to VDDIN. As  
the product integrates a power-on reset detector, the RESET_N pin can be left unconnected in  
case no reset from the system needs to be applied to the product.  
When these pins are used for TWI, the pins are open-drain outputs with slew-rate limitation and-  
inputs with inputs with spike-filtering. When used as GPIO-pins or used for other peripherals, the  
pins have the same characteristics as GPIO pins.  
3.4.4  
GPIO Pins  
All the I/O lines integrate a pull-up/pull-down resistor and slew rate controller. Programming  
these features is performed independently for each I/O line through the GPIO Controllers. After  
reset, I/O lines default as inputs with pull-up and pull-down resistors disabled and slew rate  
enabled.  
3.4.5  
3.4.6  
High-drive Pins  
The six pins PA02, PB00, PB01, PC04, PC05 and PC06 have high-drive output capabilities.  
Refer to Section 9.6.2 ”High-drive I/O Pin : PA02, PC04, PC05, PC06” on page 115 for electrical  
characteristics.  
USB Pins  
When these pins are used for USB, the pins are behaving according to the USB specification.  
When used as GPIO pins or used for other peripherals, the pins have the same behavior as  
other normal I/O pins, but the characteristics are different. Refer to Section 9.6.3 ”USB I/O Pin :  
PA25, PA26” on page 116 for electrical characteristics.  
These pins are compliant to USB standard only when VDDIO power supply is 3.3V nominal.  
34  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
3.4.7  
ADC Input Pins  
These pins are regular I/O pins powered from the VDDANA.  
35  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
4. Cortex-M4 processor and core peripherals  
4.1  
Cortex-M4  
The Cortex-M4 processor is a high performance 32-bit processor designed for the microcon-  
troller market. It offers significant benefits to developers, including:  
outstanding processing performance combined with fast interrupt handling  
enhanced system debug with extensive breakpoint and trace capabilities  
efficient processor core, system and memories  
ultra-low power consumption with integrated sleep modes  
platform security robustness, with integrated memory protection unit (MPU).  
Cortex-M4  
processor  
NVIC  
Processor  
core  
Debug  
Access  
Port  
Serial  
Wire  
viewer  
Memory  
protection unit  
Flash  
patch  
Data  
watchpoints  
Bus matrix  
Code  
interface  
SRAM and  
peripheral interface  
The Cortex-M4 processor is built on a high-performance processor core, with a 3-stage pipeline  
Harvard architecture, making it ideal for demanding embedded applications. The processor  
delivers exceptional power efficiency through an efficient instruction set and extensively opti-  
mized design, providing high-end processing hardware including a range of single-cycle and  
SIMD multiplication and multiply-with-accumulate capabilities, saturating arithmetic and dedi-  
cated hardware division.  
To facilitate the design of cost-sensitive devices, the Cortex-M4 processor implements tightly-  
coupled system components that reduce processor area while significantly improving interrupt  
handling and system debug capabilities. The Cortex-M4 processor implements a version of the  
Thumb® instruction set based on Thumb-2 technology, ensuring high code density and reduced  
program memory requirements. The Cortex-M4 instruction set provides the exceptional perfor-  
mance expected of a modern 32-bit architecture, with the high code density of 8-bit and 16-bit  
microcontrollers.  
The Cortex-M4 processor closely integrates a configurable Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller  
(NVIC), to deliver industry-leading interrupt performance. The NVIC includes a non-maskable  
interrupt (NMI), and provides up to 80 interrupt priority levels. The tight integration of the proces-  
36  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
sor core and NVIC provides fast execution of interrupt service routines (ISRs), dramatically  
reducing the interrupt latency. This is achieved through the hardware stacking of registers, and  
the ability to suspend load-multiple and store-multiple operations. Interrupt handlers do not  
require wrapping in assembler code, removing any code overhead from the ISRs. A tail-chain  
optimization also significantly reduces the overhead when switching from one ISR to another.  
To optimize low-power designs, the NVIC integrates with the sleep modes, that include a deep  
sleep function enabling the entire device to be rapidly powered down while still retaining pro-  
gram state.  
4.2  
System level interface  
The Cortex-M4 processor provides multiple interfaces using AMBA® technology to provide high  
speed, low latency memory accesses. It supports unaligned data accesses and implements  
atomic bit manipulation that enables faster peripheral controls, system spinlocks and thread-safe  
Boolean data handling.  
The Cortex-M4 processor has an memory protection unit (MPU) that provides fine grain memory  
control, enabling applications to utilize multiple privilege levels, separating and protecting code,  
data and stack on a task-by-task basis. Such requirements are becoming critical in many  
embedded applications such as automotive.  
4.3  
Integrated configurable debug  
The Cortex-M4 processor implements a complete hardware debug solution. This provides high  
system visibility of the processor and memory through either a traditional JTAG port or a 2-pin  
Serial Wire Debug (SWD) port that is ideal for microcontrollers and other small package devices.  
For system trace the processor integrates an Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) alongside  
data watchpoints and a profiling unit. To enable simple and cost-effective profiling of the system  
events these generate, a Serial Wire Viewer (SWV) can export a stream of software-generated  
messages, data trace, and profiling information through a single pin.  
The Flash Patch and Breakpoint Unit (FPB) provides 8 hardware breakpoint comparators that  
debuggers can use. The comparators in the FPB also provide remap functions of up to 8 words  
in the program code in the CODE memory region. This enables applications stored on a non-  
erasable, ROM-based microcontroller to be patched if a small programmable memory, for exam-  
ple flash, is available in the device. During initialization, the application in ROM detects, from the  
programmable memory, whether a patch is required. If a patch is required, the application pro-  
grams the FPB to remap a number of addresses. When those addresses are accessed, the  
accesses are redirected to a remap table specified in the FPB configuration, which means the  
program in the non-modifiable ROM can be patched.  
A specific Peripheral Debug (PDBG) register is implemented in the Private Peripheral Bus  
address map. This register allows the user to configure the behavior of some modules in debug  
mode.  
37  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
4.4  
Cortex-M4 processor features and benefits summary  
tight integration of system peripherals reduces area and development costs  
Thumb instruction set combines high code density with 32-bit performance  
code-patch ability for ROM system updates  
power control optimization of system components  
integrated sleep modes for low power consumption  
fast code execution permits slower processor clock or increases sleep mode time  
hardware division and fast digital-signal-processing orientated multiply accumulate  
saturating arithmetic for signal processing  
deterministic, high-performance interrupt handling for time-critical applications  
memory protection unit (MPU) for safety-critical applications  
extensive debug and trace capabilities:  
– Serial Wire Debug and Serial Wire Trace reduce the number of pins required for debugging,  
tracing, and code profiling.  
4.5  
Cortex-M4 core peripherals  
These are:  
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller  
The NVIC is an embedded interrupt controller that supports low latency interrupt processing.  
System control block  
The System control block (SCB) is the programmers model interface to the processor. It pro-  
vides system implementation information and system control, including configuration, control,  
and reporting of system exceptions.  
System timer  
The system timer, SysTick, is a 24-bit count-down timer. Use this as a Real Time Operating Sys-  
tem (RTOS) tick timer or as a simple counter.  
Memory protection unit  
The Memory protection unit (MPU) improves system reliability by defining the memory attributes  
for different memory regions. It provides up to eight different regions, and an optional predefined  
background region.  
The complete Cortex-M4 User Guide can be found on the ARM web site:  
http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0553a/DUI0553A_cortex_m4_dgug.pdf  
38  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
4.6  
Cortex-M4 implementations options  
This table provides the specific configuration options implemented in the SAM4L series  
Option  
Inclusion of MPU  
Inclusion of FPU  
Implementation  
yes  
No  
80  
4
Number of interrupts  
Number of priority bits  
Inclusion of the WIC  
Embedded Trace Macrocell  
Sleep mode instruction  
Endianness  
No  
No  
Only WFI supported  
Little Endian  
Bit-banding  
No  
Yes  
No  
SysTick timer  
Register reset values  
Table 4-1.  
Cortex-M4 implementation options  
4.7  
Cortex-M4 Interrupts map  
The table below shows how the interrupt request signals are connected to the NVIC.  
Table 4-2.  
Interrupt Request Signal Map (Sheet 1 of 3)  
Module  
Line  
0
Signal  
HFLASHC  
PDCA 0  
PDCA 1  
PDCA 2  
PDCA 3  
PDCA 4  
PDCA 5  
PDCA 6  
PDCA 7  
PDCA 8  
PDCA 9  
PDCA 10  
Flash Controller  
1
Peripheral DMA Controller  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
39  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 4-2.  
Line  
12  
Interrupt Request Signal Map (Sheet 2 of 3)  
Module  
Signal  
PDCA 11  
PDCA 12  
PDCA 13  
PDCA 14  
PDCA 15  
CRCCU  
USBC  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
13  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
14  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
15  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
16  
Peripheral DMA Controller  
17  
CRC Calculation Unit  
18  
USB 2.0 Interface  
19  
Peripheral Event Controller  
Peripheral Event Controller  
Advanced Encryption Standard  
Power Manager  
PEVC TR  
PEVC OV  
AESA  
20  
21  
22  
PM  
23  
System Control Interface  
SCIF  
24  
Frequency Meter  
FREQM  
GPIO 0  
GPIO 1  
GPIO 2  
GPIO 3  
GPIO 4  
GPIO 5  
GPIO 6  
GPIO 7  
GPIO 8  
GPIO 9  
GPIO 10  
GPIO 11  
BPM  
25  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
General-Purpose Input/Output Controller  
Backup Power Manager  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
Backup System Control Interface  
Asynchronous Timer  
BSCIF  
39  
AST ALARM  
AST PER  
AST OVF  
AST READY  
AST CLKREADY  
WDT  
40  
Asynchronous Timer  
41  
Asynchronous Timer  
42  
Asynchronous Timer  
43  
Asynchronous Timer  
44  
Watchdog Timer  
45  
External Interrupt Controller  
External Interrupt Controller  
External Interrupt Controller  
EIC 1  
46  
EIC 2  
47  
EIC 3  
40  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 4-2.  
Interrupt Request Signal Map (Sheet 3 of 3)  
Module  
Line  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
Signal  
EIC 4  
EIC 5  
EIC 6  
EIC 7  
EIC 8  
IISC  
External Interrupt Controller  
External Interrupt Controller  
External Interrupt Controller  
External Interrupt Controller  
External Interrupt Controller  
Inter-IC Sound (I2S) Controller  
Serial Peripheral Interface  
Timer/Counter  
SPI  
TC00  
TC01  
TC02  
TC10  
TC11  
TC12  
TWIM0  
TWIS0  
TWIM1  
TWIS1  
Timer/Counter  
Timer/Counter  
Timer/Counter  
Timer/Counter  
Timer/Counter  
Two-wire Master Interface  
Two-wire Slave Interface  
Two-wire Master Interface  
Two-wire Slave Interface  
Universal Synchronous Asynchronous  
Receiver Transmitter  
65  
66  
67  
68  
USART0  
USART1  
USART2  
USART3  
Universal Synchronous Asynchronous  
Receiver Transmitter  
Universal Synchronous Asynchronous  
Receiver Transmitter  
Universal Synchronous Asynchronous  
Receiver Transmitter  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
77  
78  
79  
ADC controller interface  
DAC Controller  
ADCIFE  
DACC  
Analog Comparator Interface  
Audio Bitstream DAC  
ACIFC  
ABDACB  
TRNG  
True Random Number Generator  
Parallel Capture  
PARC  
Capacitive Touch Module B  
Two-wire Master Interface  
Two-wire Master Interface  
LCD Controller A  
CATB  
TWIM2  
TWIM3  
LCDCA  
41  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
4.8  
Peripheral Debug  
The PDBG register controls the behavior of asynchronous peripherals when the device is in  
debug mode.When the corresponding bit is set, that peripheral will be in a frozenstate in debug  
mode.  
4.8.1  
Peripheral Debug  
Name:  
PDBG  
Access Type:  
Address:  
Read/Write  
0xE0042000  
0x00000000  
Reset Value:  
31  
-
30  
29  
-
28  
-
27  
-
26  
-
25  
-
24  
-
-
23  
-
22  
-
21  
-
20  
-
19  
-
18  
-
17  
-
16  
-
15  
-
14  
-
13  
-
12  
-
11  
-
10  
-
9
-
8
-
7
-
6
-
5
-
4
-
3
-
2
1
0
PEVC  
AST  
WDT  
• WDT: Watchdog PDBG bit  
WDT = 0: The WDT counter is not frozen during debug operation.  
WDT = 1: The WDT counter is frozen during debug operation when Core is halted  
• AST: Asynchronous Timer PDBG bit  
AST = 0: The AST prescaler and counter is not frozen during debug operation.  
AST = 1: The AST prescaler and counter is frozen during debug operation when Core is halted.  
• PEVC: PEVC PDBG bit  
PEVC= 0: PEVC is not frozen during debug operation.  
PEVC= 1: PEVC is frozen during debug operation when Core is halted.  
42  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
5. Memories  
5.1  
Product Mapping  
Figure 5-1. ATSAM4L8/L4/L2 Product Mapping  
Global Memory Space  
Code  
0x00000000  
0x00800000  
0x1FFFFFFF  
0x00000000  
0x20000000  
0x22000000  
Code  
Internal Flash  
Reserved  
Peripheral Bridge A  
Peripheral Bridge B  
0x400A0000  
0x40000000  
SRAM  
Reserved  
I2SC  
FLASHCALW  
0x400A0400  
0x40004000  
0x40008000  
PICOCACHE  
0x400A1000  
HMATRIX  
SPI  
0x400A2000  
Undefined  
0x4000C000  
0x40010000  
0x40014000  
0x40018000  
SRAM  
PDCA  
0x400A3000  
Reserved  
TC0  
0x20000000  
0x20010000  
SMAP  
0x40000000  
0x60000000  
HRAMC0  
0x400A4000  
CRCCU  
Peripherals  
Reserved  
System  
TC1  
0x400A5000  
Reserved  
HRAMC1  
Reserved  
USBC  
TWIMS0  
TWIMS1  
Reserved  
USART0  
USART1  
USART2  
USART3  
Reserved  
ADCIFE  
DACC  
0x400A6000  
0x4001C000  
0x40020000  
0x40024000  
0x40028000  
0x21000000  
0x210007FF  
PEVC  
0x400A6400  
0xE0000000  
0xFFFFFFFF  
Reserved  
0x400AFFFF  
0x21FFFFFF  
0x4002C000  
0x40030000  
0x40034000  
0x40038000  
Peripheral Bridge C  
Peripherals  
System  
0x400E0000  
0xE0000000  
0xE0001000  
0xE0002000  
0xE0003000  
0x40000000  
0x400A0000  
PM  
0x400E0740  
ITM  
DWT  
FPB  
Peripheral  
Bridge A  
CHIPID  
0x400E0800  
SCIF  
0x4003C000  
0x40040000  
0x40044000  
0x40060000  
Peripheral  
Bridge B  
0x400E0C00  
FREQM  
0x400B0000  
0x400B0100  
0x400E0000  
0x400F0000  
0x40100000  
0x400E1000  
GPIO  
ACIFC  
Reserved  
SCS  
AESA  
0x400E1800  
Reserved  
GLOC  
0xE000E000  
0xE000F000  
Reserved  
0x400EFFFF  
Reserved  
0x40064000  
0x40068000  
0x4006C000  
0x40070000  
ABDACB  
TRNG  
Reserved  
Peripheral Bridge D  
Peripheral  
Bridge C  
0xE0040000  
0xE0041000  
0xE0042000  
0x400F0000  
BPM  
TPIU  
PARC  
Peripheral  
Bridge D  
0x400F0400  
Reserved  
BSCIF  
CATB  
0x400F0800  
0x40074000  
0x40078000  
0x4007C000  
0x40080000  
AST  
Reserved  
TWIM2  
TWIM3  
LCDCA  
Reserved  
External PPB  
ROM Table  
0x400F0C00  
WDT  
0xE00FF000  
0xE0100000  
0x400F1000  
EIC  
Reserved  
0x400F1400  
PICOUART  
0x400F1800  
Reserved  
0x40084000  
0x4009FFFF  
Reserved  
0x5FFFFFFF  
0x400FFFFF  
0xFFFFFFFF  
System Controller  
43  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
5.2  
Embedded Memories  
Internal high-speed flash  
– 512Kbytes (ATSAM4Lx8)  
– 256Kbytes (ATSAM4Lx4)  
– 128Kbytes (ATSAM4Lx2)  
• Pipelined flash architecture, allowing burst reads from sequential flash locations, hiding  
penalty of 1 wait state access  
• Pipelined flash architecture typically reduces the cycle penalty of 1 wait state operation  
compared to 0 wait state operation  
• 100 000 write cycles, 15-year data retention capability  
• Sector lock capabilities, bootloader protection, security bit  
• 32 fuses, erased during chip erase  
• User page for data to be preserved during chip erase  
Internal high-speed SRAM, single-cycle access at full speed  
– 64Kbytes (ATSAM4Lx8)  
– 32Kbytes (ATSAM4Lx4, ATSAM4Lx2)  
5.3  
Physical Memory Map  
The system bus is implemented as a bus matrix. All system bus addresses are fixed, and they  
are never remapped in any way, not even during boot. The 32-bit physical address space is  
mapped as follows:  
Table 5-1.  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2 Physical Memory Map  
Start Address  
Size  
Size  
Memory  
ATSAM4Lx4  
256Kbytes  
32Kbytes  
4Kbytes  
ATSAM4Lx2  
128Kbytes  
32Kbytes  
4Kbytes  
Embedded Flash  
Embedded SRAM  
Cache SRAM  
0x00000000  
0x20000000  
0x21000000  
0x40000000  
0x400A0000  
0x400B0000  
0x400E0000  
0x400F0000  
Peripheral Bridge A  
Peripheral Bridge B  
AESA  
64Kbytes  
64Kbytes  
256 bytes  
64Kbytes  
64Kbytes  
64Kbytes  
64Kbytes  
256 bytes  
64Kbytes  
64Kbytes  
Peripheral Bridge C  
Peripheral Bridge D  
Start Address  
Size  
Memory  
ATSAM4Lx8  
512Kbytes  
64Kbytes  
4Kbytes  
Embedded Flash  
Embedded SRAM  
Cache SRAM  
0x00000000  
0x20000000  
0x21000000  
0x40000000  
0x400A0000  
Peripheral Bridge A  
Peripheral Bridge B  
64Kbytes  
64Kbytes  
44  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Start Address  
Size  
Memory  
ATSAM4Lx8  
256 bytes  
64Kbytes  
64Kbytes  
AESA  
0x400B0000  
0x400E0000  
0x400F0000  
Peripheral Bridge C  
Peripheral Bridge D  
Table 5-2.  
Flash Memory Parameters  
Device  
ATSAM4Lx8  
Flash Size (FLASH_PW)  
Number of Pages (FLASH_P)  
Page Size (FLASH_W)  
512 bytes  
512Kbytes  
256Kbytes  
128Kbytes  
1024  
512  
ATSAM4Lx4  
ATSAM4Lx2  
512 bytes  
256  
512 bytes  
45  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
6. Power and Startup Considerations  
6.1  
Power Domain Overview  
Figure 6-1. ATSAM4LS Power Domain Diagram  
CORE DOMAIN  
DUAL OUTPUT  
TRIMMABLE  
VOLTAGE  
CORTEX M4  
CPU  
PDCA  
USBC  
RAM  
FLASH  
REGULATOR  
BUS MATRIX  
VDDANA DOMAIN  
PERIPHERAL BRIDGE A  
PERIPHERALS  
PERIPHERAL BRIDGE B  
AHB PERIPHERALS  
AD0-AD14  
ADVREF  
ADC  
AC0A-AC3A  
AC0B-AC3B  
ANALOG  
COMPARATORS  
PERIPHERAL BRIDGE C  
GPIO  
DAC  
DACOUT  
POWER MANAGER  
FREQUENCY  
METER  
STARTUP  
LOGIC  
PLL  
VDDIO DOMAIN  
POR33  
BOD33  
BOD18  
DFLL  
SYSTEM  
CONTROL INTERFACE  
USB  
PADS  
RCSYS  
RCFAST  
MPOSC  
PERIPHERAL BRIDGE D  
GPIOs  
RC80M  
BACKUP  
POWER MANAGER  
RC32K  
BACKUP SYSTEM  
XIN32  
CONTROL INTERFACE  
OSC32K  
VDDIO  
GND  
POR18  
XOUT32  
EXTERNAL INTERRUPT  
CONTROLLER  
WATCHDOG  
TIMER  
EXTINT0-EXTINT8  
BACKUP  
REGISTERS  
ASYNCHRONOUS TIMER  
VDDANA  
GNDANA  
BACKUP DOMAIN  
46  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 6-2. ATSAM4LC Power Domain Diagram  
GND  
VLCDIN  
LCDA DOMAIN  
CAPH  
CAPL  
BIASH  
BIASL  
CORE DOMAIN  
DUAL OUTPUT  
TRIMMABLE  
VOLTAGE  
LCD  
VPUMP  
CORTEX M4  
CPU  
PDCA  
USBC  
RAM  
FLASH  
REGULATOR  
VLCD  
BUS MATRIX  
GPIOs  
VDDANA DOMAIN  
PERIPHERAL BRIDGE A  
PERIPHERALS  
PERIPHERAL BRIDGE B  
AHB PERIPHERALS  
AD0-AD14  
ADVREF  
LCDB DOMAIN  
ADC  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
AC0A-AC3A  
AC0B-AC3B  
ANALOG  
COMPARATORS  
GPIOs  
LCDC DOMAIN  
GPIOs  
PERIPHERAL BRIDGE C  
GPIO  
DAC  
DACOUT  
POWER MANAGER  
FREQUENCY  
METER  
STARTUP  
LOGIC  
PLL  
VDDIO DOMAIN  
POR33  
BOD33  
BOD18  
DFLL  
SYSTEM  
CONTROL INTERFACE  
USB  
PADS  
RCSYS  
RCFAST  
MPOSC  
PERIPHERAL BRIDGE D  
GPIOs  
RC80M  
BACKUP  
POWER MANAGER  
RC32K  
BACKUP SYSTEM  
CONTROL INTERFACE  
XIN32  
OSC32K  
VDDIO  
GND  
POR18  
XOUT32  
EXTERNAL INTERRUPT  
CONTROLLER  
WATCHDOG  
TIMER  
EXTINT0-EXTINT8  
BACKUP  
REGISTERS  
ASYNCHRONOUS TIMER  
VDDANA  
GNDANA  
BACKUP DOMAIN  
47  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
6.2  
Power Supplies  
The ATSAM4L8/L4/L2 has several types of power supply pins:  
• VDDIO: Powers I/O lines, the general purpose oscillator (OSC), the 80MHz integrated RC  
oscillator (RC80M) . Voltage is 1.68V to 3.6V.  
• VLCDIN: (ATSAM4LC only) Powers the LCD voltage pump. Voltage is 1.68V to 3.6V.  
• VDDIN: Powers the internal voltage regulator. Voltage is 1.68V to 3.6V.  
• VDDANA: Powers the ADC, the DAC, the Analog Comparators, the 32kHz oscillator  
(OSC32K), the 32kHz integrated RC oscillator (RC32K)and the Brown-out detectors (BOD18  
and BOD33). Voltage is 1.68V to 3.6V nominal.  
• VDDCORE: Powers the core, memories, peripherals, the PLL, the DFLL, the 4MHz  
integrated RC oscillator (RCFAST) and the 115kHz integrated RC oscillator (RCSYS).  
– VDDOUT is the output voltage of the regulator and must be connected with or  
without an inductor to VDDCORE.  
The ground pins GND are common to VDDCORE, VDDIO, and VDDIN. The ground pin for  
VDDANA is GNDANA.  
For decoupling recommendations for the different power supplies, refer to the schematic  
document.  
6.2.1  
Voltage Regulator  
An embedded voltage regulator supplies all the digital logic in the Core and the Backup power  
domains.  
The regulator has two functionnal mode depending of BUCK/LDOn (PA02) pin value. When this  
pin is low, the regulator is in linear mode and VDDOUT must be connected to VDDCORE exter-  
nally. When this pin is high, it behaves as a switching regulator and an inductor must be placed  
between VDDOUT and VDDCORE. The value of this pin is sampled during the power-up phase  
when the Power On Reset 33 reaches VPOT+ (Section 9.9 ”Analog Characteristics” on page 129)  
Its output voltages in the Core domain (VCORE) and in the Backup domain (VBKUP) are always  
equal except in Backup mode where the Core domain is not powered (VCORE=0). The Backup  
domain is always powered. The voltage regulator features three different modes:  
• Normal mode: the regulator is configured as linear or switching regulator. It can support all  
different Run and Sleep modes.  
• Low Power (LP) mode: the regulator consumes little static current. It can be used in Wait  
modes.  
• Ultra Low Power (ULP) mode: the regulator consumes very little static current . It is dedicated  
to Retention and Backup modes. In Backup mode, the regulator only supplies the backup  
domain.  
48  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
6.2.2  
Typical Powering Schematics  
The ATSAM4L8/L4/L2 supports the Single supply mode from 1.68V to 3.6V. Depending on the  
input voltage range and on the final application frequency, it is recommended to use the follow-  
ing table in order to choose the most efficient power strategy  
Figure 6-3. Efficient power strategy:  
VDDIN Voltage  
2.30V  
3.60V  
1.68V 1.80V  
N/A  
2.00V  
Switching Mode  
(BUCK/LDOn  
(PA02) =1)  
Possible but  
not efficient  
Optimal power efficiency  
Possible but not efficient  
Linear Mode  
(BUCK/LDOn  
(PA02) =0)  
Optimal power efficiency  
Up to 36MHz In PS0  
Up to 12MHz in PS1  
Up to 48MHz in PS2  
FCPUMAX  
12MHz  
PS1(1)  
PowerScaling  
ALL  
Typical power  
consumption in  
RUN mode  
212µA/MHz @ FCPU=12MHz(PS1)  
306µA/MHz @ FCPU= 48MHz(PS2)  
100µA/MHz @ FCPU=12MHz(PS1) @ VVDDIN=3.3V  
180µA/MHz @ FCPU=48MHz(PS2) @ VVDDIN=3.3V  
Typical power  
consumption in  
RET mode  
1.5µA  
Note 1. The SAM4L boots in PS0 on RCSYS(115kHz), then the application must switch to  
PS1 before running on higher frequency (<12MHz)  
49  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
The internal regulator is connected to the VDDIN pin and its output VDDOUT feeds VDDCORE  
in linear mode or through an inductor in switching mode. Figure 6-4 shows the power schematics  
to be used. All I/O lines will be powered by the same power (VVDDIN=VVDDIO=VVDDANA).  
Figure 6-4. Single Supply Mode  
VLCDIN  
LCD VPUMP  
VDDIO  
RC80M, OSC,  
Main Supply  
(1.68V-3.6V)  
ADC, DAC, AC0/1,  
RC32K, OSC32K,  
BOD18, BOD33  
VDDANA  
BUCK/LDOn  
(PA02)  
Core domain: CPU,  
Peripherals, RAM, Flash,  
RCSYS, PLL, DFLL,  
RCFAST  
VDDIN  
REGULATOR  
VDDOUT  
VDDCORE  
Backup domain:  
AST, WDT, EIC,  
BPM, BSCIF  
6.2.3  
LCD Power Modes  
6.2.3.1  
Principle  
LCD lines is powered using the device internal voltage sources provided by the LCDPWR block.  
When enabled, the LCDPWR blocks will generate the VLCD, BIASL, BIASH voltages.  
LCD pads are splitted into three clusters that can be powered independently namely clusters A,  
B and C. A cluster can either be in GPIO mode or in LCD mode.  
When a cluster is in GPIO mode, its VDDIO pin must be powered externally. None of its GPIO  
pin can be used as a LCD line  
When a cluster is in LCD mode, each clusters VDDIO pin can be either forced externally (1.8-  
3.6V) or unconnected (nc). GPIOs in a cluster are not available when it is in LCD mode. A clus-  
ter is set in LCD mode by the LCDCA controller when it is enabled depending on the number of  
segments configured. The LCDPWR block is powered by the VLCDIN pin inside cluster A  
When LCD feature is not used, VLCDIN must be always powered (1.8-3.6V). VLCD, CAPH,  
CAPL, BIASH, BIASL can be left unconnected in this case  
50  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 6-5. LCD clusters in the device  
SEG18  
SEG19  
SEG20  
SEG24  
SEG25  
SEG26  
SEG27  
SEG28  
SEG29  
SEG30  
SEG31  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
SEG32  
SEG33  
SEG34  
SEG35  
SEG36  
SEG37  
SEG38  
SEG39  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
50  
49  
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
COM0  
COM1  
COM2  
COM3  
SEG21  
SEG22  
SEG23  
SEG9  
SEG10  
SEG11  
VDDIO  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
COM0  
COM1  
COM2  
COM3  
SEG12  
SEG13  
SEG14  
VDDANA  
SEG5  
SEG6  
SEG7  
VDDIO  
SEG9  
SEG10  
SEG11  
SEG12  
VDDIO  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
COM0  
COM1  
COM2  
COM3  
SEG8  
SEG15  
SEG16  
SEG17  
SEG18  
SEG19  
VDDANA  
TQFP48/QFN48  
GNDANA  
SEG20  
SEG21  
SEG22  
VDDIO  
GNDANA  
GND  
VDDANA  
GNDANA  
GND  
TQFP64/QFN64  
GND  
TQFP100  
6.2.3.2  
Internal LCD Voltage  
In this mode the LCD voltages are internally generated. Depending of the number of segments  
required by the application, LCDB and LDCC clusters VDDIO pin must be unconnected (nc) or  
51  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
connected to an external voltage source (1.8-3.6V). LCDB cluster is not available in 64 and 48  
pin packages  
Table 6-1.  
LCD powering when using the internal voltage pump  
VDDIO  
LCDB  
VDDIO  
LCDC  
Segments  
in use  
Package  
[1,24]  
[1, 32]  
[1, 40]  
[1,15]  
[1, 23]  
[1,9]  
1.8-3.6V  
1.8-3.6V  
1.8-3.6V  
nc  
nc  
nc  
-
100-pin packages  
1.8-3.6V  
nc  
64-pin packages  
48-pin packages  
-
-
1.8-3.6V  
nc  
[1,13]  
-
Up to 4x24 segments  
Up to 16 GPIOs in  
LCDB & LCDC  
clusters  
Up to 4x40 segments  
No GPIO in LCD  
clusters  
Up to 4x32 segments  
Up to 8 GPIOs in  
LCDC clusters  
1.8–3.6V  
GND  
1.8–3.6V  
GND  
1.8–3.6V  
GND  
LCDA DOMAIN  
LCDA DOMAIN  
LCDA DOMAIN  
CAPH  
CAPH  
CAPH  
CAPL  
BIASH  
BIASL  
CAPL  
BIASH  
BIASL  
CAPL  
LCD  
VPUMP  
LCD  
VPUMP  
LCD  
VPUMP  
BIASH  
BIASL  
VLCD  
VLCD  
VLCD  
GPIOs  
GPIOs  
GPIOs  
1.8–3.6V  
LCDB DOMAIN  
GPIOs  
LCDB DOMAIN  
GPIOs  
LCDB DOMAIN  
GPIOs  
VDDIO  
nc  
VDDIO  
nc  
VDDIO  
LCDC DOMAIN  
GPIOs  
LCDC DOMAIN  
GPIOs  
LCDC DOMAIN  
GPIOs  
1.8–3.6V  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
nc  
VDDIO  
52  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
6.2.4  
Power-up Sequence  
6.2.4.1  
Maximum Rise Rate  
To avoid risk of latch-up, the rise rate of the power supplies must not exceed the values  
described in Table 9-3 on page 100.  
6.2.4.2  
Minimum Rise Rate  
The integrated Power-on Reset (POR33) circuitry monitoring the VDDIN powering supply  
requires a minimum rise rate for the VDDIN power supply.  
See Table 9-3 on page 100 for the minimum rise rate value.  
If the application can not ensure that the minimum rise rate condition for the VDDIN power sup-  
ply is met, the following configuration can be used:  
• A logic “0” value is applied during power-up on pin RESET_N until VDDIN rises above 1.6 V.  
6.3  
Startup Considerations  
This section summarizes the boot sequence of the ATSAM4L8/L4/L2. The behavior after power-  
up is controlled by the Power Manager. For specific details, refer to Section 9. ”Power Manager  
(PM)” on page 677.  
6.3.1  
Starting of Clocks  
After power-up, the device will be held in a reset state by the power-up circuitry for a short time  
to allow the power to stabilize throughout the device. After reset, the device will use the System  
RC Oscillator (RCSYS) as clock source. Refer to Section 9. ”Electrical Characteristics” on page  
99 for the frequency for this oscillator.  
On system start-up, the DFLL and the PLLs are disabled. Only the necessary clocks are active  
allowing software execution. Refer to Section 3-6 ”Maskable Module Clocks in AT32UC3B.” on  
page 24 to know the list of peripheral clock running.. No clocks have a divided frequency; all  
parts of the system receive a clock with the same frequency as the System RC Oscillator.  
6.3.2  
Fetching of Initial Instructions  
After reset has been released, the Cortex M4 CPU starts fetching PC and SP values from the  
reset address, which is 0x00000000. Refer to the ARM Architecture Reference Manual for more  
information on CPU startup. This address points to the first address in the internal Flash.  
The code read from the internal flash is free to configure the clock system and clock sources.  
6.4  
Power-on-Reset, Brownout and Supply Monitor  
The SAM4L embeds four features to monitor, warm, and/or reset the device:  
• POR33: Power-on-Reset on VDDANA  
• BOD33: Brownout detector on VDDANA  
• POR18: Power-on-Reset on VDDCORE  
• BOD18: Brownout detector on VDDCORE  
53  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 6-6. Supply Monitor Schematic  
DUAL OUTPUT  
TRIMMABLE  
VOLTAGE  
VDDCORE  
REGULATOR  
VDDANA  
POR33  
BOD33  
POR18  
BOD18  
VDDANA  
GNDANA  
6.4.1  
6.4.2  
6.4.3  
6.4.4  
Power-on-Reset on VDDANA  
POR33 monitors VDDANA. It is always activated and monitors voltage at startup but also during  
all the Power Save Mode. If VDDANA goes below the threshold voltage, the entire chip is reset.  
Brownout Detector on VDDANA  
BOD33 monitors VDDANA. Refer to Section 15. ”Backup System Control Interface (BSCIF)” on  
page 308to get more details.  
Power-on-Reset on VDDCORE  
POR18 monitors the internal VDDCORE. Refer to Section 15. ”Backup System Control Interface  
(BSCIF)” on page 308 to get more details.  
Brownout Detector on VDDCORE  
Once the device is startup, the BOD18 monitors the internal VDDCORE. Refer to Section 15.  
”Backup System Control Interface (BSCIF)” on page 308 to get more details.  
54  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
7. Low Power Techniques  
The ATSAM4L8/L4/L2 supports multiple power configurations to allow the user to optimize its  
power consumption in different use cases. The Backup Power Manager (BPM) implements dif-  
ferent solutions to reduce the power consumption:  
• The Power Save modes intended to reduce the logic activity and to adapt the power  
configuration. See ”Power Save Modes” on page 55.  
• The Power Scaling intended to scale the power configuration (voltage scaling of the  
regulator). See ”Power Scaling” on page 60.  
These two techniques can be combined together.  
Figure 7-1. Power Scaling and Power Save Mode Overview  
POWER SCALING  
Max frequency = 36Mhz Max frequency = 12Mhz Max frequency = 48Mhz  
Normal Speed Flash  
Nominal Voltage  
Normal Speed Flash  
Reduced Voltage  
High Speed Flash  
Nominal Voltage  
RESET  
BPM.PMCON.PS=0  
BPM.PMCON.PS=1  
BPM.PMCON.PS=2  
RUN  
RUN0  
SLEEP0  
WAIT0  
RET0  
RUN1  
SLEEP1  
WAIT1  
RET1  
RUN2  
SLEEP2  
WAIT2  
RET2  
SLEEP  
CPU Clock OFF  
4 sub-modes  
WAIT  
All Clocks OFF  
SleepWalking  
RETENTION  
All Clocks OFF  
Full chip retention  
BACKUP  
BKUP0  
BKUP1  
BKUP2  
Core Domain OFF  
7.1  
Power Save Modes  
Refer to Section 6. ”Power and Startup Considerations” on page 46 to get definition of the core  
and the backup domains.  
55  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
At power-up or after a reset, the ATSAM4L8/L4/L2 is in the RUN0 mode. Only the necessary  
clocks are enabled allowing software execution. The Power Manager (PM) can be used to adjust  
the clock frequencies and to enable and disable the peripheral clocks.  
When the CPU is entering a Power Save Mode, the CPU stops executing code. The user can  
choose between four Power Save Modes to optimize power consumption:  
• SLEEP mode: the Cortex-M4 core is stopped, optionally some clocks are stopped,  
peripherals are kept running if enabled by the user.  
• WAIT mode: all clock sources are stopped, the core and all the peripherals are stopped  
except the modules running with the 32kHz clock if enabled. This is the lowest power  
configuration where SleepWalking is supported.  
• RETENTION mode: similar to the WAIT mode in terms of clock activity. This is the lowest  
power configuration where the logic is retained.  
• BACKUP mode: the Core domain is powered off, the Backup domain is kept powered.  
A wake up source exits the system to the RUN mode from which the Power Save Mode was  
entered.  
A reset source always exits the system from the Power Save Mode to the RUN0 mode.  
The configuration of the I/O lines are maintained in all Power Save Modes. Refer to Section 9.  
”Backup Power Manager (BPM)” on page 677.  
7.1.1  
SLEEP mode  
The SLEEP mode allows power optimization with the fastest wake up time.  
The CPU is stopped. To further reduce power consumption, the user can switch off modules-  
clocks and synchronous clock sources through the BPM.PMCON.SLEEP field (See Table 7-1).  
The required modules will be halted regardless of the bit settings of the mask registers in the  
Power Manager (PM.AHBMASK, PM.APBxMASK).  
Table 7-1.  
SLEEP mode Configuration  
Clock sources:  
OSC, RCFAST,  
RC80M, PLL,  
DFLL  
APB clocks  
GCLK  
OSC32K  
CPU  
clock  
AHB  
clocks  
BPM.PSAVE.SLEEP  
RCSYS RC32K(2)  
Wake up Sources  
Any interrupt  
0
1
2
3
Stop  
Stop  
Stop  
Stop  
Run  
Stop  
Stop  
Stop  
Run  
Run  
Stop  
Stop  
Run  
Run  
Run  
Stop  
Run  
Run  
Run  
Run  
Run  
Run  
Run  
Run  
Any interrupt(1)  
Any interrupt(1)  
Any interrupt(1)  
Notes: 1. from modules with clock running.  
2. OSC32K and RC32K will only remain operational if pre-enabled.  
7.1.1.1  
Entering SLEEP mode  
The SLEEP mode is entered by executing the WFI instruction.  
Additionally, if the SLEEPONEXIT bit in the Cortex-M4 System Control Register (SCR) is set,  
the SLEEP mode will also be entered when the Cortex-M4 exits the lowest priority ISR. This  
56  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
mechanism can be useful for applications that only require the processor to run when an inter-  
rupt occurs.  
Before entering the SLEEP mode, the user must configure:  
• the SLEEP mode configuration field (BPM.PMCON.SLEEP), Refer to Table 7-1.  
• the SCR.SLEEPDEEP bit to 0. (See the Power Management section in the ARM Cortex-M4  
Processor chapter).  
• the BPM.PMCON.RET bit to 0.  
• the BPM.PMCON.BKUP bit to 0.  
7.1.1.2  
Exiting SLEEP mode  
The NVIC wakes the system up when it detects any non-masked interrupt with sufficient priority  
to cause exception entry. The system goes back to the RUN mode from which the SLEEP mode  
was entered. The CPU and affected modules are restarted. Note that even if an interrupt is  
enabled in SLEEP mode, it will not trigger if the source module is not clocked.  
7.1.2  
WAIT Mode and RETENTION Mode  
The WAIT and RETENTION modes allow achieving very low power consumption while main-  
taining the Core domain powered-on. Internal SRAM and registers contents of the Core domain  
are preserved.  
In these modes, all clocks are stopped except the 32kHz clocks (OSC32K, RC32K) which are  
kept running if enabled.  
In RETENTION mode, the SleepWalking feature is not supported and must not be used.  
7.1.2.1  
Entering WAIT or RETENTION Mode  
The WAIT or RETENTION modes are entered by executing the WFI instruction with the follow-  
ing settings:  
• set the SCR.SLEEPDEEP bit to 1. (See the Power Management section in the ARM Cortex-  
M4 Processor chapter).  
• set the BPM.PSAVE.BKUP bit to 0.  
• set the BPM.PMCON.RET bit to RETENTION or WAIT mode.  
SLEEPONEXIT feature is also available. See ”Entering SLEEP mode” on page 56.  
7.1.2.2  
Exiting WAIT or RETENTION Mode  
In WAIT or RETENTION modes, synchronous clocks are stopped preventing interrupt sources  
from triggering. To wakeup the system, asynchronous wake up sources (AST, EIC, USBC ...)  
should be enabled in the peripheral (refer to the documentation of the peripheral). The  
PM.AWEN (Asynchronous Wake Up Enable) register should also be enabled for all peripheral  
except for EIC and AST.  
When the enabled asynchronous wake up event occurs and the system is waken-up, it will gen-  
erate either:  
• an interrupt on the PM WAKE interrupt line if enabled (Refer to Section 9. ”Power Manager  
(PM)” on page 677). In that case, the PM.WCAUSE register indicates the wakeup source.  
• or an interrupt directly from the peripheral if enabled (Refer to the section of the peripheral).  
When waking up, the system goes back to the RUN mode mode from which the WAIT or  
RETENTION mode was entered.  
57  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
7.1.3  
BACKUP Mode  
The BACKUP mode allows achieving the lowest power consumption possible in a system which  
is performing periodic wake-ups to perform tasks but not requiring fast startup time.  
The Core domain is powered-off. The internal SRAM and register contents of the Core domain  
are lost. The Backup domain is kept powered-on. The 32kHz clock (RC32K or OSC32K) is kept  
running if enabled to feed modules that require clocking.  
In BACKUP mode, the configuration of the I/O lines is preserved. Refer to Section 9. ”Backup  
Power Manager (BPM)” on page 677 to have more details.  
7.1.3.1  
7.1.3.2  
Entering BACKUP Mode  
The Backup mode is entered by using the WFI instruction with the following settings:  
• set the SCR.SLEEPDEEP bit to 1. (See the Power Management section in the ARM Cortex-  
M4 Processor chapter).  
• set the BPM.PSAVE.BKUP bit to 1.  
Exiting BACKUP Mode  
Exit from BACKUP mode happens if a reset occurs or if an enabled wake up event occurs.  
The reset sources are:  
• BOD33 reset  
• BOD18 reset  
• WDT reset  
• External reset in RESET_N pin  
The wake up sources are:  
• EIC lines (level transition only)  
• BOD33 interrupt  
• BOD18 interrupt  
• AST alarm, periodic, overflow  
• WDT interrupt  
The RC32K or OSC32K should be used as clock source for modules if required. The  
PMCON.CK32S is used to select one of these two 32kHz clock sources.  
Exiting the BACKUP mode is triggered by:  
• a reset source: an internal reset sequence is performed according to the reset source. Once  
VDDCORE is stable and has the correct value according to RUN0 mode, the internal reset is  
released and program execution starts. The corresponding reset source is flagged in the  
Reset Cause register (RCAUSE) of the PM.  
• a wake up source: the Backup domain is not reset. An internal reset is generated to the Core  
domain, and the system switches back to the previous RUN mode. Once VDDCORE is  
stable and has the correct value, the internal reset in the Core domain is released and  
program execution starts. The BKUP bit is set in the Reset Cause register (RCAUSE) of the  
PM. It allows the user to discriminate between the reset cause and a wake up cause from the  
BACKUP mode. The wake up cause can be found in the Backup Wake up Cause register  
(BPM.BKUPWCAUSE).  
58  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
7.1.4  
Wakeup Time  
7.1.4.1  
Wakeup Time From SLEEP Mode  
The latency depends on the clock sources wake up time. If the clock sources are not stopped,  
there is no latency to wake the clocks up.  
7.1.4.2  
Wakeup Time From WAIT or RETENTION Mode  
The wake up latency consists of:  
• the switching time from the low power configuration to the RUN mode power configuration.  
By default, the switching time is completed when all the voltage regulation system is ready.  
To speed-up the startup time, the user can set the Fast Wakeup bit in BPM.PMCON register.  
• the wake up time of the RC oscillator used to start the system up. By default, the RCSYS  
oscillator is used to startup the system. The user can use another clock source (RCFAST for  
example) to speed up the startup time by configuring the PM.FASTWKUP register. Refer to  
Section 9. ”Power Manager (PM)” on page 677.  
• the Flash memory wake up time.  
To have the shortest wakeup time, the user should:  
- set the BPM.PMCON.FASTWKUP bit.  
- configure the PM.FASTSLEEP.FASTRCOSC field to use the RCFAST main clock.  
- enter the WAIT or RETENTION mode  
Upon a wakeup, this is required to keep the main clock connected to RCFAST until the voltage  
regulation system is fully ready (when BPM.ISR.PSOK bit is one). During this wakeup period,  
the FLASHCALW module is automatically configured to operate in “1 wait state mode”.  
7.1.4.3  
Wake time from BACKUP mode  
It is equal to the Core domain logic reset latency (similar to the reset latency caused by an exter-  
nal reset in RESET_N pin) added to the time required for the voltage regulation system to be  
stabilized.  
59  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
7.1.5  
Power Save Mode Summary Table  
The following table shows a summary of the main Power Save modes:  
Table 7-2.  
Mode  
Power Save mode Configuration Summary  
Core  
Backup  
domain  
Mode Entry  
Wake up sources  
domain  
CPU clock OFF  
Clocks OFF depending on  
the BPM.PMCON.SLEEP  
field  
Other clocks OFF depending  
on the BPM.PMCON.SLEEP  
field  
WFI  
SLEEP  
SCR.SLEEPDEEP bit = 0  
BPM.PMCON.BKUP bit = 0  
Any interrupt  
see ”SLEEP mode” on page  
56  
see ”SLEEP mode” on page  
56  
WFI  
All clocks are OFF except  
RC32K or OSC32K if  
running  
SCR.SLEEPDEEP bit = 1  
BPM.PMCON.RET bit = 0  
BPM.PMCON.BKUP bit = 0  
All clocks are OFF  
WAIT  
PM WAKE interrupt  
Core domain is retained  
WFI  
All clocks are OFF except  
RC32K or OSC32K if  
running  
SCR.SLEEPDEEP bit = 1  
BPM.PMCON.RET bit = 1  
BPM.PMCON.BKUP bit = 0  
All clocks are OFF  
RETENTION  
PM WAKE interrupt  
EIC interrupt  
Core domain is retained  
BOD33, BOD18 interrupt  
and reset  
WFI  
All clocks are OFF except  
RC32K or OSC32K if  
running  
AST alarm, periodic,  
overflow  
BACKUP  
+ SCR.SLEEPDEEP bit = 1  
+ BPM.PMCON.BKUP bit = 1  
OFF (not powered)  
WDT interrupt and reset  
external reset on RESET_N  
pin  
7.2  
Power Scaling  
The Power Scaling technique consists of adjusting the internal regulator output voltage (voltage  
scaling) to reduce the power consumption. According to the requirements in terms of perfor-  
mance, operating modes, and current consumption, the user can select the Power Scaling  
configuration that fits the best with its application.  
The Power Scaling configuration field (PMCON.PS) is provided in the Backup Power Manager  
(BPM) module.  
In RUN mode, the user can adjust on the fly the Power Scaling configuration  
The Figure 7.1 summarizes the different combination of the Power Scaling configuration which  
can be applied according to the Power Save Mode.  
Power scaling from a current power configuration to a new power configuration is done by halt-  
ing the CPU execution  
Power scaling occurs after a WFI instruction. The system is halted until the new power configu-  
ration is stabilized. After handling the PM interrupt, the system resumes from WFI.  
To scale the power, the following sequence is required:  
• Check the BPM.SR.PSOK bit to make sure the current power configuration is stabilized.  
60  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
• Set the clock frequency to be supported in both power configurations.  
• Set the high speed read mode of the FLASH to be supported in both power scaling  
configurations  
– Only relevant when entering or exiting BPM.PMCON.PS=2  
• Configure the BPM.PMCON.PS field to the new power configuration.  
• Set the BPM.PMCON.PSCREQ bit to one.  
• Disable all the interrupts except the PM WCAUSE interrupt and enable only the PSOK  
asynchronous event in the AWEN register of PM.  
• Execute the WFI instruction.  
• WAIT for PM interrupt.  
The new power configuration is reached when the system is waken up by the PM interrupt  
thanks to the PSOK event.  
By default, all features are available in all Power Scaling modes. However some specific fea-  
tures are not available in PS1 (BPM.PMCON.PS=1) mode :  
– USB  
– DFLL  
– PLL  
– Programming/Erasing in Flash  
61  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8. Debug and Test  
8.1  
Features  
IEEE1149.1 compliant JTAG Debug Port  
Serial Wire Debug Port  
Boundary-Scan chain on all digital pins for board-level testing  
Direct memory access and programming capabilities through debug ports  
Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB) unit for implementing breakpoints and code patches  
Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT) unit for implementing watchpoints, data tracing, and system  
profiling  
Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) for support of printf style debugging  
Chip Erase command and status  
Unlimited Flash User page read access  
Cortex-M4 core reset source  
CRC32 of any memory accessible through the bus matrix  
Debugger Hot Plugging  
8.2  
Overview  
Debug and test features are made available to external tools by:  
• The Enhanced Debug Port (EDP) embedding:  
– a Serial Wire Debug Port (SW-DP) part of the ARM coresight architecture  
– an IEEE 1149.1 JTAG Debug Debug Port (JTAG-DP) part of the ARM coresight  
architecture  
– a supplementary IEEE 1149.1 JTAG TAP machine that implements the boundary  
scan feature  
• The System Manager Acces Port (SMAP) providing unlimited flash User page read access,  
CRC32 of any memory accessible through the bus matrix and Cortex-M4 core reset services  
• The AHB Access Port (AHB-AP) providing Direct memory access, programming capabilities  
and standard debugging functions  
• The Instrumentation Trace macrocell part of the ARM coresight architecture  
For more information on ARM debug components, please refer to:  
• ARMv7-M Architecture Reference Manual  
• ARM Debug Interface v5.1 Architecture Specification document  
• ARM CoreSight Architecture Specification  
• ARM ETM Architecture Specification v3.5  
• ARM Cortex-M4 Technical Reference Manual  
62  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.3  
Block diagram  
Figure 8-1. Debug and Test Block Diagram  
CORTEX-M4  
ENHANCED  
DEBUG PORT  
TPIU  
TMS  
TDI  
PORT  
Core  
Data  
MUXING  
AHB-AP  
TDO  
Instr  
DAP Bus  
SWJ-DP  
TCK  
Boundary  
FPB  
DWT  
NVIC  
ITM  
BSCAN-TAP  
scan  
Hot_plugging  
JTAG-FILTER  
RESET_N  
Private peripheral Bus (PPB)  
M
EDP Core reset request  
AHB  
APB  
HTOP  
S
SMAP  
SMAP Core reset request  
Chip Erase  
M
AHB  
AHB  
System Bus Matrix  
RESET  
CONTROLLER  
POR  
Cortex-M4 Core reset  
note: Boxes with a plain corner are SAM4L specific.  
8.4  
I/O Lines Description  
Refer to Section 1.1.4 ”I/O Lines Description” on page 4.  
63  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.5  
Product dependencies  
8.5.1  
I/O Lines  
Refer to Section 1.1.5.1 ”I/O Lines” on page 5.  
8.5.2  
8.5.3  
Power management  
Refer to Section 1.1.5.2 ”Power Management” on page 5.  
Clocks  
Refer to Section 1.1.5.3 ”Clocks” on page 5.  
8.6  
Core debug  
Figure 8-2 shows the Debug Architecture used in the SAM4L. The Cortex-M4 embeds four func-  
tional units for debug:  
• FPB (Flash Patch Breakpoint)  
• DWT (Data Watchpoint and Trace)  
• ITM (Instrumentation Trace Macrocell)  
• TPIU (Trace Port Interface Unit)  
The debug architecture information that follows is mainly dedicated to developers of SWJ-DP  
Emulators/Probes and debugging tool vendors for Cortex-M4 based microcontrollers. For further  
details on SWJ-DP see the Cortex-M4 technical reference manual.  
Figure 8-2. Debug Architecture  
DWT  
4 watchpoints  
PC sampler  
FPB  
SWJ-DP  
6 breakpoints  
data address sampler  
SWD/JTAG  
SWO trace  
ITM  
data sampler  
interrupt trace  
CPU statistics  
software trace  
32 channels  
TPIU  
time stamping  
8.6.1  
FPB (Flash Patch Breakpoint)  
The FPB:  
• Implements hardware breakpoints  
• Patches (on the fly) code and data being fetched by the Cortex-M4 core from code space  
with data in the system space. Definition of code and system spaces can be found in the  
System Address Map section of the ARMv7-M Architecture Reference Manual.  
64  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
The FPB unit contains:  
• Two literal comparators for matching against literal loads from Code space, and remapping to  
a corresponding area in System space.  
• Six instruction comparators for matching against instruction fetches from Code space and  
remapping to a corresponding area in System space.  
• Alternatively, comparators can also be configured to generate a Breakpoint instruction to the  
processor core on a match.  
8.6.2  
DWT (Data Watchpoint and Trace)  
The DWT contains four comparators which can be configured to generate the following:  
• PC sampling packets at set intervals  
• PC or Data watchpoint packets  
• Watchpoint event to halt core  
The DWT contains counters for the items that follow:  
• Clock cycle (CYCCNT)  
• Folded instructions  
• Load Store Unit (LSU) operations  
• Sleep Cycles  
• CPI (all instruction cycles except for the first cycle)  
• Interrupt overhead  
8.6.3  
ITM (Instrumentation Trace Macrocell)  
The ITM is an application driven trace source that supports printf style debugging to trace Oper-  
ating System (OS) and application events, and emits diagnostic system information. The ITM  
emits trace information as packets which can be generated by three different sources with sev-  
eral priority levels:  
Software trace: This can be done thanks to the printf style debugging. For more information,  
refer to Section “How to Configure the ITM:”.  
Hardware trace: The ITM emits packets generated by the DWT.  
Time stamping: Timestamps are emitted relative to packets. The ITM contains a 21-bit  
counter to generate the timestamp.  
How to Configure the ITM:  
The following example describes how to output trace data in asynchronous trace mode.  
• Configure the TPIU for asynchronous trace mode (refer to Section “5.4.3. How to Configure  
the TPIU”)  
• Enable the write accesses into the ITM registers by writing “0xC5ACCE55” into the  
Lock Access Register (Address: 0xE0000FB0)  
• Write 0x00010015 into the Trace Control Register:  
– Enable ITM  
– Enable Synchronization packets  
– Enable SWO behavior  
65  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
– Fix the ATB ID to 1  
• Write 0x1 into the Trace Enable Register:  
– Enable the Stimulus port 0  
• Write 0x1 into the Trace Privilege Register:  
– Stimulus port 0 only accessed in privileged mode (Clearing a bit in this register will  
result in the corresponding stimulus port being accessible in user mode.)  
• Write into the Stimulus port 0 register: TPIU (Trace Port Interface Unit)  
The TPIU acts as a bridge between the on-chip trace data and the Instruction Trace Macro-  
cell (ITM).  
The TPIU formats and transmits trace data off-chip at frequencies asynchronous to the core.  
Asynchronous Mode:  
The TPIU is configured in asynchronous mode, trace data are output using the single TRAC-  
ESWO pin. The TRACESWO signal is multiplexed with the TDO signal of the JTAG Debug Port.  
As a consequence, asynchronous trace mode is only available when the Serial Wire Debug  
mode is selected since TDO signal is used in JTAG debug mode.  
Two encoding formats are available for the single pin output:  
• Manchester encoded stream. This is the reset value.  
• NRZ_based UART byte structure  
5.4.3. How to Configure the TPIU  
This example only concerns the asynchronous trace mode.  
• Set the TRCENA bit to 1 into the Debug Exception and Monitor Register (0xE000EDFC) to  
enable the use of trace and debug blocks.  
• Write 0x2 into the Selected Pin Protocol Register  
– Select the Serial Wire Output – NRZ  
• Write 0x100 into the Formatter and Flush Control Register  
• Set the suitable clock prescaler value into the Async Clock Prescaler Register to scale the  
baud rate of the asynchronous output (this can be done automatically by the debugging tool).  
66  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.7  
Enhanced Debug Port (EDP)  
Rev.: 1.0.0.0  
8.7.1  
Features  
IEEE1149.1 compliant JTAG debug port  
Serial Wire Debug Port  
Boundary-Scan chain on all digital pins for board-level testing  
Debugger Hot-Plugging  
SMAP core reset request source  
8.7.2  
Overview  
The enhanced debug port embeds a standard ARM debug port plus some specific hardware  
intended for testability and activation of the debug port features. All the information related to the  
ARM Debug Interface implementation can be found in the ARM Debug Interface v5.1 Architec-  
ture Specification document.  
It features:  
• A single Debug Port (SWJ-DP), that provides the external physical connection to the  
interface and supports two DP implementations:  
– the JTAG Debug Port (JTAG-DP)  
– the Serial Wire Debug Port (SW-DP)  
• A supplementary JTAG TAP (BSCAN-TAP) connected in parallel with the JTAG-DP that  
implements the boundary scan instructions detailed in  
• A JTAG-FILTER module that monitors TCK and RESET_N pins to handle specific features  
like the detection of a debugger hot-plugging and the request of reset of the Cortex-M4 at  
startup.  
The JTAG-FILTER module detects the presence of a debugger. When present, JTAG pins are  
automatically assigned to the Enhanced Debug Port(EDP). If the SWJ-DP is switched to the SW  
mode, then TDI and TDO alternate functions are released. The JTAG-FILTER also implements a  
CPU halt mechanism. When triggered, the Cortex-M4 is maintained under reset after the exter-  
nal reset is released to prevent any system corruption during later programmation operations.  
67  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.7.3  
Figure 8-3. Enhanced Debug Port Block Diagram  
ENHANCED DEBUG PORT  
Block Diagram  
SWJ-DP  
swdio  
TMS  
TDI  
traceswo  
SW-DP  
TDO  
swclk  
TCK  
DAP Bus  
tms  
tdi  
JTAG-DP  
tdo  
tck  
test_tap_sel  
tms  
tdi  
BSCAN-TAP  
boundary_scan  
tdo  
tck  
tck  
JTAG-FILTER  
EDP Core reset request  
reset_n  
RESET_N  
8.7.4  
I/O Lines Description  
Table 8-1.  
Name  
I/O Lines Description  
JTAG Debug Port  
Type Description  
SWD Debug Port  
Type Description  
TCK/SWCLK  
TDI  
I
I
Debug Clock  
I
-
Serial Wire Clock  
NA  
Debug Data in  
Debug Data Out  
Debug Mode Select  
Reset  
TDO/TRACESWO  
TMS/SWDIO  
RESET_N  
O
I
O
I/O  
I
Trace asynchronous Data Out  
Serial Wire Input/Output  
Reset  
I
68  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.7.5  
Product Dependencies  
8.7.5.1  
I/O Lines  
The TCK pin is dedicated to the EDP. The other debug port pins default after reset to their GPIO  
functionality and are automatically reassigned to the JTAG functionalities on detection of a  
debugger. In serial wire mode, TDI and TDO can be used as GPIO functions. Note that in serial  
wire mode TDO can be used as a single pin trace output.  
8.7.5.2  
8.7.5.3  
Power Management  
When a debugger is present, the connection is kept alive allowing debug operations. As a side  
effect, the power is never turned off. The hot plugging functionality is always available except  
when the system is in BACKUP Power Save Mode.  
Clocks  
The SWJ-DP uses the external TCK pin as its clock source. This clock must be provided by the  
external JTAG master device.  
Some of the JTAG Instructions are used to access an Access Port (SMAP or AHB-AP). These  
instructions require the CPU clock to be running.  
If the CPU clock is not present because the CPU is in a Power Save Mode where this clock is  
not provided, the Power Manager(PM) will automatically restore the CPU clock on detection of a  
debug access.  
The RCSYS clock is used as CPU clock when the external reset is applied to ensure correct  
Access Port operations.  
8.7.6  
Module Initialization  
This module is enabled as soon as a TCK falling edge is detected when RESET_N is not  
asserted (refer to Section 8.7.7 below). Moreover, the module is synchronously reseted as long  
as the TAP machine is in the TEST_LOGIC_RESET (TLR) state. It is advised asserting TMS at  
least 5 TCK clock periods after the debugger has been detected to ensure the module is in the  
TLR state prior to any operation. This module also has the ability to maintain the Cortex-M4  
under reset (refer to the Section 8.7.8 ”SMAP Core Reset Request Source” on page 70).  
8.7.7  
Debugger Hot Plugging  
The TCK pin is dedicated to the EDP. After reset has been released, the EDP detects that a  
debugger has been attached when a TCK falling edge arises.  
Figure 8-4. Debugger Hot Plugging Detection Timings Diagram  
TCK  
RESET_N  
Hot Plugging  
69  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
The Debug Port pins assignation is then forced to the EDP function even if they were already  
assigned to another module. This allows to connect a debugger at any time without reseting the  
device. The connection is non-intrusive meaning that the chip will continue its execution without  
being disturbed. The CPU can of course be halted later on by issuing Cortex-M4 OCD features.  
8.7.8  
SMAP Core Reset Request Source  
The EDP has the ability to send a request to the SMAP for a Cortex-M4 Core reset. The proce-  
dure to do so is to hold TCK low until RESET_N is released. This mechanism aims at halting the  
CPU to prevent it from changing the system configuration while the SMAP is operating.  
Figure 8-5. SMAP Core Reset Request Timings Diagram  
T C K  
R E S E T _ N  
EDP
C o re re se t re q u e st  
The SMAP can de-assert the core reset request for this operation, refer to Section 2.8.8 ”Cortex-  
M4 Core Reset Source” on page 57.  
8.7.9  
SWJ-DP  
The Cortex-M4 embeds a SWJ-DP Debug port which is the standard CoreSightdebug port. It  
combines Serial Wire Debug Port (SW-DP), from 2 to 3 pins and JTAG debug Port(JTAG-DP), 5  
pins.  
By default, the JTAG Debug Port is active. If the host debugger wants to switch to the Serial  
Wire Debug Port, it must provide a dedicated JTAG sequence on TMS/SWDIO and  
TCK/SWCLK which disables JTAG-DP and enables SW-DP.  
When the EDP has been switched to Serial Wire mode, TDO/TRACESWO can be used for trace  
(for more information refer to the section below). The asynchronous TRACE output (TRAC-  
ESWO) is multiplexed with TDO. So the asynchronous trace can only be used with SW-DP, not  
JTAG-DP.  
The SWJ-DP provides access to the AHB-AP and SMAP access ports which have the following  
APSEL value:  
Figure 8-6. Access Ports APSEL  
Acces Port (AP)  
AHB-AP  
APSEL  
0
1
SMAP  
Refer to the ARM Debug Interface v5.1 Architecture Specification for more details on SWJ-DP.  
70  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.7.10  
SW-DP and JTAG-DP Selection Mechanism  
After reset, the SWJ-DP is in JTAG mode but it can be switched to the Serial Wire mode. Debug  
port selection mechanism is done by sending specific SWDIOTMS sequence. The JTAG-DP is  
selected by default after reset.  
• Switch from JTAG-DP to SW-DP. The sequence is:  
– Send more than 50 SWCLKTCK cycles with SWDIOTMS = 1  
– Send the 16-bit sequence on SWDIOTMS = 0111100111100111 (0x79E7 MSB first)  
– Send more than 50 SWCLKTCK cycles with SWDIOTMS = 1  
• Switch from SWD to JTAG. The sequence is:  
– Send more than 50 SWCLKTCK cycles with SWDIOTMS = 1  
– Send the 16-bit sequence on SWDIOTMS = 0011110011100111 (0x3CE7 MSB first)  
Send more than 50 SWCLKTCK cycles with SWDIOTMS = 1  
Note that the BSCAN-TAP is not available when the debug port is switched to Serial Mode.  
Boundary scan instructions are not available.  
8.7.11  
JTAG-DP and BSCAN-TAP Selection Mechanism  
After the DP has been enabled, the BSCAN-TAP and the JTAG-DP run simultaneously has long  
as the SWJ-DP remains in JTAG mode. Each TAP captures simultaneously the JTAG instruc-  
tions that are shifted. If an instruction is recognized by the BSCAN-TAP, then the BSCAN-TAP  
TDO is selected instead of the SWJ-DP TDO. TDO selection changes dynamically depending on  
the current instruction held in the BSCAN-TAP instruction register.  
71  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.7.12  
JTAG Instructions Summary  
The implemented JTAG instructions are shown in the table below.  
Table 8-2.  
Implemented JTAG instructions list  
availability  
when  
protected  
IR instruction  
Instruction  
Description  
Component  
value  
Select boundary-scan chain as data register for  
testing circuitry external to  
b0000  
EXTEST  
yes  
the device.  
Take a snapshot of external pin values without  
affecting system operation.  
b0001  
b0100  
b0101  
SAMPLE_PRELOAD  
INTEST  
yes  
yes  
yes  
Select boundary-scan chain for internal testing of the  
device.  
Bypass device through Bypass register, while driving  
outputs from boundary-scan register.  
CLAMP  
BSCAN-TAP  
b1000  
b1010  
b1011  
b1100  
b1101  
b1110  
b1111  
ABORT  
DPACC  
APACC  
-
ARM JTAG-DP Instruction  
ARM JTAG-DP Instruction  
ARM JTAG-DP Instruction  
Reserved  
yes  
yes  
yes  
yes  
yes  
yes  
yes  
SWJ-DP  
(in JTAG mode)  
-
Reserved  
IDCODE  
BYPASS  
ARM JTAG-DP Instruction  
Bypass this device through the bypass register.  
72  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.7.13  
Security Restrictions  
The SAM4L provide a security restrictions mechanism to lock access to the device. The device  
in the protected state when the Flash Security Bit is set. Refer to section Flash Controller for  
more details.  
When the device is in the protected state the AHB-AP is locked. Full access to the AHB-AP is re-  
enabled when the protected state is released by issuing a Chip Erase command. Note that the  
protected state will read as programmed only after the system has been reseted.  
8.7.13.1  
Notation  
Table 8-4 on page 73 shows bit patterns to be shifted in a format like "p01". Each character cor-  
responds to one bit, and eight bits are grouped together for readability. The least significant bit is  
always shifted first, and the most significant bit shifted last. The symbols used are shown in  
Table 8-3.  
Table 8-3.  
Symbol Description  
Symbol  
Description  
0
1
p
x
e
b
s
Constant low value - always reads as zero.  
Constant high value - always reads as one.  
The chip protected state.  
A don’t care bit. Any value can be shifted in, and output data should be ignored.  
An error bit. Read as one if an error occurred, or zero if not.  
A busy bit. Read as one if the SMAP was busy, or zero if it was not.  
Startup done bit. Read as one if the system has started-up correctly.  
In many cases, it is not required to shift all bits through the data register. Bit patterns are shown  
using the full width of the shift register, but the suggested or required bits are emphasized using  
bold text. I.e. given the pattern "01010101 xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx", the shift register is 32  
bits, but the test or debug unit may choose to shift only 8 bits "01010101".  
The following describes how to interpret the fields in the instruction description tables:  
Table 8-4.  
Instruction  
Instruction Description  
Description  
Shows the bit pattern to shift into IR in the Shift-IR state in order to select this  
instruction. The pattern is show both in binary and in hexadecimal form for  
convenience.  
IR input value  
Example: 1000 (0x8)  
Shows the bit pattern shifted out of IR in the Shift-IR state when this instruction is  
active.  
IR output value  
Example: p00s  
73  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 8-4.  
Instruction  
Instruction Description (Continued)  
Description  
Shows the number of bits in the data register chain when this instruction is active.  
Example: 32 bits  
DR Size  
Shows which bit pattern to shift into the data register in the Shift-DR state when this  
instruction is active.  
DR input value  
DR output value  
Shows the bit pattern shifted out of the data register in the Shift-DR state when this  
instruction is active.  
8.7.14  
JTAG Instructions  
Refer to the ARM Debug Interface v5.1 Architecture Specification for more details on ABORT,  
DPACC, APACC and IDCODE instructions.  
8.7.14.1  
EXTEST  
This instruction selects the boundary-scan chain as Data Register for testing circuitry external to  
the chip package. The contents of the latched outputs of the boundary-scan chain is driven out  
as soon as the JTAG IR-register is loaded with the EXTEST instruction.  
Starting in Run-Test/Idle, the EXTEST instruction is accessed the following way:  
1. Select the IR Scan path.  
2. In Capture-IR: The IR output value is latched into the shift register.  
3. In Shift-IR: The instruction register is shifted by the TCK input.  
4. In Update-IR: The data from the boundary-scan chain is applied to the output pins.  
5. Return to Run-Test/Idle.  
6. Select the DR Scan path.  
7. In Capture-DR: The data on the external pins is sampled into the boundary-scan chain.  
8. In Shift-DR: The boundary-scan chain is shifted by the TCK input.  
9. In Update-DR: The data from the scan chain is applied to the output pins.  
10. Return to Run-Test/Idle.  
Table 8-5.  
EXTEST Details  
Instructions  
IR input value  
IR output value  
DR Size  
Details  
0000 (0x0)  
p00s  
Depending on boundary-scan chain, see BSDL-file.  
Depending on boundary-scan chain, see BSDL-file.  
Depending on boundary-scan chain, see BSDL-file.  
DR input value  
DR output value  
SAMPLE_PRELOAD  
8.7.14.2  
This instruction takes a snap-shot of the input/output pins without affecting the system operation,  
and pre-loading the scan chain without updating the DR-latch. The boundary-scan chain is  
selected as Data Register.  
Starting in Run-Test/Idle, the Device Identification register is accessed in the following way:  
74  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
1. Select the IR Scan path.  
2. In Capture-IR: The IR output value is latched into the shift register.  
3. In Shift-IR: The instruction register is shifted by the TCK input.  
4. Return to Run-Test/Idle.  
5. Select the DR Scan path.  
6. In Capture-DR: The Data on the external pins are sampled into the boundary-scan  
chain.  
7. In Shift-DR: The boundary-scan chain is shifted by the TCK input.  
8. Return to Run-Test/Idle.  
Table 8-6.  
SAMPLE_PRELOAD Details  
Instructions  
IR input value  
IR output value  
DR Size  
Details  
0001 (0x1)  
p00s  
Depending on boundary-scan chain, see BSDL-file.  
Depending on boundary-scan chain, see BSDL-file.  
Depending on boundary-scan chain, see BSDL-file.  
DR input value  
DR output value  
8.7.14.3  
INTEST  
This instruction selects the boundary-scan chain as Data Register for testing internal logic in the  
device. The logic inputs are determined by the boundary-scan chain, and the logic outputs are  
captured by the boundary-scan chain. The device output pins are driven from the boundary-scan  
chain.  
Starting in Run-Test/Idle, the INTEST instruction is accessed the following way:  
1. Select the IR Scan path.  
2. In Capture-IR: The IR output value is latched into the shift register.  
3. In Shift-IR: The instruction register is shifted by the TCK input.  
4. In Update-IR: The data from the boundary-scan chain is applied to the internal logic  
inputs.  
5. Return to Run-Test/Idle.  
6. Select the DR Scan path.  
7. In Capture-DR: The data on the internal logic is sampled into the boundary-scan chain.  
8. In Shift-DR: The boundary-scan chain is shifted by the TCK input.  
9. In Update-DR: The data from the boundary-scan chain is applied to internal logic inputs.  
10. Return to Run-Test/Idle.  
Table 8-7.  
INTEST Details  
Instructions  
IR input value  
IR output value  
DR Size  
Details  
0100 (0x4)  
p001  
Depending on boundary-scan chain, see BSDL-file.  
Depending on boundary-scan chain, see BSDL-file.  
Depending on boundary-scan chain, see BSDL-file.  
DR input value  
DR output value  
75  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.7.14.4  
CLAMP  
This instruction selects the Bypass register as Data Register. The device output pins are driven  
from the boundary-scan chain.  
Starting in Run-Test/Idle, the CLAMP instruction is accessed the following way:  
1. Select the IR Scan path.  
2. In Capture-IR: The IR output value is latched into the shift register.  
3. In Shift-IR: The instruction register is shifted by the TCK input.  
4. In Update-IR: The data from the boundary-scan chain is applied to the output pins.  
5. Return to Run-Test/Idle.  
6. Select the DR Scan path.  
7. In Capture-DR: A logic ‘0’ is loaded into the Bypass Register.  
8. In Shift-DR: Data is scanned from TDI to TDO through the Bypass register.  
9. Return to Run-Test/Idle.  
Table 8-8.  
CLAMP Details  
Instructions  
IR input value  
IR output value  
DR Size  
Details  
0101 (0x5)  
p00s  
1
x
x
DR input value  
DR output value  
76  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.8  
AHB-AP Access Port  
The AHB-AP is a Memory Access Port (MEM-AP) as defined in the ARM Debug Interface v5  
Architecture Specification. The AHB-AP provides access to all memory and registers in the sys-  
tem, including processor registers through the System Control Space (SCS). System access is  
independent of the processor status. Either SW-DP or SWJ-DP is used to access the AHB-AP.  
The AHB-AP is a master into the Bus Matrix. Transactions are made using the AHB-AP pro-  
grammers model (please refer to the ARM Cortex-M4 Technical Reference Manual), which  
generates AHB-Lite transactions into the Bus Matrix. The AHB-AP does not perform back-to-  
back transactions on the bus, so all transactions are non-sequential. The AHB-AP can perform  
unaligned and bit-band transactions. The Bus Matrix handles these. The AHB-AP transactions  
are not subject to MPU lookups. AHB-AP transactions bypass the FPB, and so the FPB cannot  
remap AHB-AP transactions. AHB-AP transactions are little-endian.  
Note that while an external reset is applied, AHB-AP accesses are not possible. In addition,  
access is denied when the protected state is set. In order to discard the protected state, a chip  
erase operation is necessary.  
77  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9  
System Manager Access Port (SMAP)  
Rev.: 1.0.0.0  
8.9.1  
Features  
Chip Erase command and status  
Cortex-M4 core reset source  
32-bit Cyclic Redundancy check of any memory accessible through the bus matrix  
Unlimited Flash User page read access  
Chip identification register  
8.9.2  
8.9.3  
Overview  
The SMAP provides memory-related services and also Cortex-M4 core reset control to a debug-  
ger through the Debug Port. This makes possible to halt the CPU and program the device after  
reset.  
Block Diagram  
Figure 8-7. SMAP Block Diagram  
SMAP  
System  
Bus Matrix  
AHB  
Ahb_Master  
AHB  
Flash  
Controller  
chip_erase  
DAP  
Interface  
DAP Bus  
Core  
PM  
SMAP Core reset request  
Reset  
Controller  
Cortex-M4 core reset  
System reset  
8.9.4  
Initializing the Module  
The SMAP can be accessed only if the CPU clock is running and the SWJ-DP has been acti-  
vated by issuing a CDBGPWRUP request. For more details, refer to the ARM Debug Interface  
v5.1 Architecture Specification.  
Then it must be enabled by writing a one to the EN bit of the CR register (CR.EN) before writing  
or reading other registers. If the SMAP is not enabled it will discard any read or write operation.  
8.9.5  
Stopping the Module  
To stop the module, the user must write a one to the DIS bit of the CR register (CR.DIS). All the  
user interface and internal registers will be cleared and the internal clock will be stopped.  
78  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.6  
Security Considerations  
In protected state this module may access sensible information located in the device memories.  
To avoid any risk of sensible data extraction from the module registers, all operations are non  
interruptible except by a disable command triggered by writing a one to CR.DIS. Issuing this  
command clears all the interface and internal registers.  
Some registers have some special protection:  
• It is not possible to read or write the LENGTH register when the part is protected.  
• In addition, when the part is protected and an operation is ongoing, it is not possible to read  
the ADDR and DATA registers. Once an operation has started, the user has to wait until it  
has terminated by polling the DONE field in the Status Register (SR.DONE).  
8.9.7  
Chip Erase  
The Chip erase operation consists in:  
1. clearing all the volatile memories in the system  
2. clearing the whole flash array  
3. clearing the protected state  
No proprietary or sensitive information is left in volatile memories once the protected state is  
disabled.  
This feature is operated by writing a one to the CE bit of the Control Register (CR.CE). When the  
operation completes, SR.DONE is asserted.  
8.9.8  
Cortex-M4 Core Reset Source  
The SMAP processes the EDP Core hold reset requests (Refer to Section 1.1.8 ”SMAP Core  
Reset Request Source” on page 6). When requested, it instructs the Power Manager to hold the  
Cortex-M4 core under reset.  
The SMAP can de-assert the core reset request if a one is written to the Hold Core Reset bit in  
the Status Clear Register (SCR.HCR). This has the effect of releasing the CPU from its reset  
state. To assert again this signal, a new reset sequence with TCK tied low must be issued.  
Note that clearing HCR with this module is only possible when it is enabled, for more information  
refer to Section 8.9.4 ”Initializing the Module” on page 78. Also note that asserting RESET_N  
automatically clears HCR.  
79  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.9  
Unlimited Flash User Page Read Access  
The SMAP can access the User page even if the protected state is set. Prior to operate such an  
access, the user should check that the module is not busy by checking that SR.STATE is equal  
to zerp. Once the offset of the word to access inside the page is written in ADDR.ADDR, the  
read operation can be initiated by writing a one in CR.FSPR. The SR.STATE field will indicate  
the FSPR state. Addresses written to ADDR.ADDR must be world aligned. Failing to do so will  
result in unpredictable behavior. The result can be read in the DATA register as soon as  
SR.DONE rises. The ADDR field is used as an offset in the page, bits outside a page boundary  
will be silently discarded. The ADDR register is automatically incremented at the end of the read  
operation making possible to dump consecutive words without writing the next offset into  
ADDR.ADDR.  
8.9.10  
32-bit Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)  
The SMAP unit provides support for calculating a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) value for a  
memory area. The algorithm used is the industry standard CRC32 algorithm using the generator  
polynomial 0xEDB88320.  
8.9.10.1  
Starting CRC Calculation  
To calculate CRC for a memory range, the start address must be written into the ADDR register,  
and the size of the memory range into the LENGTH register. Both the start address and the  
length must be word aligned.  
The initial value used for the CRC calculation must be written to the DATA register. This value  
will usually be 0xFFFFFFFF, but can be e.g. the result of a previous CRC calculation if generat-  
ing a common CRC of separate memory blocks.  
Once completed, the calculated CRC value can be read out of the DATA register. The read  
value must be inverted to match standard CRC32 implementations, or kept non-inverted if used  
as starting point for subsequent CRC calculations.  
If the device is in protected state, it is only possible to calculate the CRC of the whole flash array.  
In most cases this area will be the entire onboard nonvolatile memory. The ADDR, LENGTH,  
and DATA registers will be forced to predefined values once the CRC operation is started, and  
user-written values are ignored. This allows the user to verify the contents of a protected device.  
The actual test is started by writing a one in CR.CRC. A running CRC operation can be can-  
celled by disabling the module (write a one in CR.DIS). This has the effect of resetting the  
module. The module has to be restarted by issuing an enable command (write a one in CR.EN).  
8.9.10.2  
Interpreting the Results  
The user should monitor the SR register (Refer to Section 8.9.11.2 ”Status Register” on page  
83). When the operation is completed SR.DONE is set. Then the SR.BERR and SR.FAIL must  
be read to ensure that no bus error nor functional error occured.  
80  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.11  
SMAP User Interface  
Table 8-9.  
SMAP Register Memory Map  
Access  
Access  
Offset  
Register  
Control Register  
Register Name  
CR  
(unprotected)  
(protected)  
Write-Only (partial)(2)  
Read-Only  
Reset  
0x0000  
0x0004  
0x0008  
0x000C  
0x0010  
0x0014  
0x0028  
0x00F0  
0x00F4  
0x00FC  
Write-Only  
Read-Only  
Write-Only  
Read/Write  
Read/Write  
Read/Write  
Read-Only  
Read-Only  
Read-Only  
Read-Only  
0x00000000  
0x00000000  
0x00000000  
0x00000000  
0x00000000  
0x00000000  
Status Register  
SR  
Status Clear Register  
Address Register  
Length Register  
SCR  
Write-Only (partial)(3)  
Read/Write (partial)(4)  
denied  
ADDR  
LENGTH  
DATA  
Data Register  
Read/Write (partial)(4)  
Read-Only  
(1)  
VERSION Register  
Chip ID Register  
VERSION  
CIDR  
-
(1)  
Read-Only  
-
(1)  
Chip ID Extension Register  
AP Identification register  
EXID  
Read-Only  
-
IDR  
Read-Only  
0x003E0000  
Note:  
1. The reset value for this register is device specific. Refer to the Module Configuration section at the end of this chapter.  
2. CR.MBIST is ignored  
3. SCR.HCR is ignored  
4. Access is not allowed when an operation is ongoing  
81  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.11.1  
Control Register  
Name:  
CR  
Access Type:  
Offset:  
Write-Only  
0x00  
Reset Value:  
0x00000000  
31  
-
30  
29  
-
28  
-
27  
-
26  
-
25  
-
24  
-
-
23  
-
22  
-
21  
-
20  
-
19  
-
18  
-
17  
-
16  
-
15  
-
14  
-
13  
-
12  
-
11  
-
10  
-
9
-
8
-
7
-
6
-
5
-
4
3
2
1
0
CE  
FSPR  
CRC  
DIS  
EN  
Writing a zero to a bit in this register has no effect.  
• CE: Chip Erase  
Writing a one to this bit triggers the FLASH Erase All (EA) operation which clears all volatile memories, the whole flash array,  
the general purpose fuses and the protected state. The Status register DONE field indicates the completion of the operation.  
Reading this bit always returns 0  
• FSPR: Flash User Page Read  
Writing a one to this bit triggers a read operation in the User page. The word pointed by the ADDR register in the page is read  
and written to the DATA register. ADDR is post incremented allowing a burst of reads without modifying ADDR. SR.DONE must  
be read high prior to reading the DATA register.  
Reading this bit always returns 0  
• CRC: Cyclic Redundancy Code  
Writing a one triggers a CRC calculation over a memory area defined by the ADDR and LENGTH registers. Reading this bit  
always returns 0  
Note: This feature is restricted while in protected state  
• DIS: Disable  
Writing a one to this bit disables the module. Disabling the module resets the whole module immediately.  
• EN: Enable  
Writing a one to this bit enables the module.  
82  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.11.2  
Status Register  
Name:  
SR  
Access Type:  
Offset:  
Read-Only  
0x04  
Reset Value:  
0x00000000  
31  
-
30  
29  
-
28  
-
27  
-
26  
25  
24  
-
STATE  
23  
-
22  
-
21  
-
20  
-
19  
-
18  
-
17  
-
16  
-
15  
-
14  
-
13  
-
12  
-
11  
-
10  
9
8
DBGP  
PROT  
EN  
7
-
6
-
5
-
4
3
2
1
0
LCK  
FAIL  
BERR  
HCR  
DONE  
• STATE: State  
Value  
State  
Description  
0
IDLE  
CE  
Idle state  
1
Chip erase operation is ongoing  
2
CRC32  
FSPR  
-
CRC32 operation is ongoing  
Flash User Page Read  
reserved  
3
4-7  
• DBGP: Debugger present  
1: A debugger is present (TCK falling edge detected)  
0: No debugger is present  
• PROT: Protected  
1: The protected state is set. The only way to overcome this is to issue a Chip Erase command.  
0: The protected state is not set  
• EN: Enabled  
1: The block is in ready for operation  
0: the block is disabled. Write operations are not possible until the block is enabled by writing a one in CR.EN.  
• LCK: Lock  
1: An operation could not be performed because chip protected state is on.  
0: No security issues have been detected sincle last clear of this bit  
• FAIL: Failure  
1: The requested operation failed  
0: No failure has been detected sincle last clear of this bit  
• BERR: Bus Error  
1: A bus error occured due to the unability to access part of the requested memory area.  
83  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
0: No bus error has been detected sincle last clear of this bit  
• HCR: Hold Core reset  
1: The Cortex-M4 core is held under reset  
0: The Cortex-M4 core is not held under reset  
• DONE: Operation done  
1: At least one operation has terminated since last clear of this field  
0: No operation has terminated since last clear of this field  
84  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.11.3  
Status Clear Register  
Name:  
SCR  
Access Type:  
Offset:  
Write-Only  
0x08  
Reset Value:  
0x00000000  
31  
-
30  
29  
-
28  
-
27  
-
26  
-
25  
-
24  
-
-
23  
-
22  
-
21  
-
20  
-
19  
-
18  
-
17  
-
16  
-
15  
-
14  
-
13  
-
12  
-
11  
-
10  
-
9
-
8
-
7
-
6
-
5
-
4
3
2
1
0
LCK  
FAIL  
BERR  
HCR  
DONE  
Writing a zero to a bit in this register has no effect.  
Writing a one to a bit clears the corresponding SR bit  
Note: Writing a one to bit HCR while the chip is in protected state has no effect  
85  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.11.4  
Address Register  
Name:  
ADDR  
Access Type:  
Offset:  
Read/Write  
0x0C  
Reset Value:  
0x00000000  
31  
23  
15  
7
30  
29  
21  
13  
5
28  
20  
12  
4
27  
19  
11  
3
26  
18  
10  
2
25  
17  
9
24  
16  
8
ADDR  
ADDR  
ADDR  
22  
14  
6
1
-
0
-
ADDR  
• ADDR: Address Value  
Addess values are always world aligned  
86  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.11.5  
Length Register  
Name:  
LENGTH  
Access Type:  
Offset:  
Read/Write  
0x10  
Reset Value:  
0x00000000  
31  
23  
15  
7
30  
29  
21  
13  
5
28  
20  
12  
4
27  
19  
11  
3
26  
18  
10  
2
25  
17  
9
24  
16  
8
LENGTH  
LENGTH  
LENGTH  
22  
14  
6
1
-
0
-
LENGTH  
• LENGTH: Length Value, Bits 1-0 are always zero  
87  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.11.6  
Data Register  
Name:  
DATA  
Access Type:  
Offset:  
Read/Write  
0x14  
Reset Value:  
0x00000000  
31  
23  
15  
7
30  
29  
21  
13  
5
28  
20  
12  
4
27  
19  
11  
3
26  
18  
10  
2
25  
17  
9
24  
16  
8
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
22  
14  
6
1
0
• DATA: Generic data register  
88  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.11.7  
Module Version  
Name:  
VERSION  
Read-Only  
0x28  
Access Type:  
Offset:  
Reset Value:  
-
31  
-
30  
29  
-
28  
-
27  
-
26  
-
25  
-
24  
-
-
23  
-
22  
-
21  
-
20  
-
19  
11  
3
18  
10  
2
17  
9
16  
8
VARIANT  
VERSION  
15  
-
14  
-
13  
-
12  
-
7
6
5
4
1
0
VERSION  
• VARIANT: Variant number  
Reserved. No functionality associated.  
• VERSION: Version number  
Version number of the module. No functionality associated.  
89  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.11.8  
Chip Identification Register  
Name:  
CIDR  
Access Type:  
Offset:  
Read-Only  
0xF0  
-
Reset Value:  
31  
30  
29  
28  
20  
12  
4
27  
19  
11  
3
26  
25  
17  
9
24  
16  
8
EXT  
NVPTYP  
ARCH  
23  
15  
7
22  
21  
13  
5
18  
ARCH  
SRAMSIZ  
14  
10  
NVPSIZ2  
NVPSIZ  
6
2
1
0
EPROC  
VERSION  
Note:  
Refer to section CHIPID for more information on this register.  
90  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.11.9  
Chip Identification Extension Register  
Name:  
EXID  
Access Type:  
Offset:  
Read-Only  
0xF4  
-
Reset Value:  
31  
23  
15  
7
30  
29  
21  
13  
5
28  
20  
12  
4
27  
19  
11  
3
26  
18  
10  
2
25  
17  
9
24  
16  
8
EXID  
EXID  
EXID  
EXID  
22  
14  
6
1
0
Note:  
Refer to section CHIPID for more information on this register.  
91  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.9.11.10  
Identification Register  
Name:  
IDR  
Access Type:  
Offset:  
Read-Only  
0xFC  
-
Reset Value:  
31  
23  
15  
30  
29  
21  
13  
5
28  
27  
19  
11  
3
26  
18  
10  
2
25  
17  
9
24  
REVISION  
CC  
22  
14  
6
20  
IC  
16  
CLSS  
12  
4
8
0
Reserved  
7
1
APID  
APIDV  
• REVISION: Revision  
• CC: JEP-106 Continuation Code  
Atmel continuation code is 0x0  
• IC: JEP-106 Identity Code  
Atmel identification code is 0x1F  
• CLSS: Class  
0: This AP is not a Memory Access Port  
1: This AP is a Memory Access Port  
• APID: AP Identification  
• APIDV: AP Identification Variant  
For more information about this register, refer to the ARM Debug Interface v5.1 Architecture  
Specification document.  
92  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.10 Available Features in Protected State  
Table 8-10. Features availablility when in protected state  
Feature  
Provider  
EDP  
Availability when protected  
Hot plugging  
yes  
System bus R/W Access  
Flash User Page read access  
Core Hold Reset clear from the SMAP interface  
AHB-AP  
SMAP  
SMAP  
no  
yes  
no  
CRC32 of any memory accessible through the bus matrix SMAP  
restricted (limited to the entire flash array)  
Chip Erase  
IDCODE  
SMAP  
SMAP  
yes  
yes  
93  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.11 Functional Description  
8.11.1  
Debug Environment  
Figure 8-8 shows a complete debug environment example. The SWJ-DP interface is used for  
standard debugging functions, such as downloading code and single-stepping through the pro-  
gram and viewing core and peripheral registers.  
Figure 8-8. Application Debug Environment Example  
Host Debugger  
PC  
SWJ-DP  
Emulator/Probe  
SWJ-DP  
Connector  
SAM4  
SAM4-based Application Board  
8.11.2  
Test Environment  
Figure 8-9 shows a test environment example (JTAG Boundary scan). Test vectors are sent and  
interpreted by the tester. In this example, the “board in test” is designed using a number of  
JTAG-compliant devices. These devices can be connected to form a single scan chain.  
94  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 8-9. Application Test Environment Example  
Test Adaptor  
Tester  
JTAG  
Probe  
JTAG  
Connector  
Chip n  
Chip 2  
Chip 1  
SAM4  
SAM4-based Application Board In Test  
8.11.3  
How to initialize test and debug features  
To enable the JTAG pins a falling edge event must be detected on the TCK pin at any time after  
the RESET_N pin is released.  
Certain operations requires that the system is prevented from running code after reset is  
released. This is done by holding low the TCK pin after the RESET_N is released. This makes  
the SMAP assert the core_hold_reset signal that hold the Cortex-M4 core under reset.  
To make the CPU run again, clear the CHR bit in the Status Register (SR.CHR) to de-assert the  
core_hold_reset signal. Independent of the initial state of the TAP Controller, the Test-Logic-  
Reset state can always be entered by holding TMS high for 5 TCK clock periods. This sequence  
should always be applied at the start of a JTAG session and after enabling the JTAG pins to  
bring the TAP Controller into a defined state before applying JTAG commands. Applying a 0 on  
TMS for 1 TCK period brings the TAP Controller to the Run-Test/Idle state, which is the starting  
point for JTAG operations.  
8.11.4  
8.11.5  
8.11.5.1  
How to disable test and debug features  
To disable the JTAG pins the TCK pin must be held high while RESET_N pin is released.  
Typical JTAG sequence  
Assuming Run-Test/Idle is the present state, a typical scenario for using the JTAG interface is:  
Scanning in JTAG instruction  
At the TMS input, apply the sequence 1, 1, 0, 0 at the rising edges of TCK to enter the Shift  
Instruction Register - Shift-IR state. While in this state, shift the 4 bits of the JTAG instructions  
into the JTAG instruction register from the TDI input at the rising edge of TCK. The TMS input  
must be held low during input of the 4 LSBs in order to remain in the Shift-IR state. The JTAG  
Instruction selects a particular Data Register as path between TDI and TDO and controls the cir-  
cuitry surrounding the selected Data Register.  
95  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Apply the TMS sequence 1, 1, 0 to re-enter the Run-Test/Idle state. The instruction is latched  
onto the parallel output from the shift register path in the Update-IR state. The Exit-IR, Pause-IR,  
and Exit2-IR states are only used for navigating the state machine.  
Figure 8-10. Scanning in JTAG instruction  
TCK  
TAP State  
TMS  
TLR  
RTI SelDR SelIR CapIR ShIR  
Ex1IR UpdIR RTI  
TDI  
Instruction  
TDO  
ImplDefined  
8.11.5.2  
Scanning in/out data  
At the TMS input, apply the sequence 1, 0, 0 at the rising edges of TCK to enter the Shift Data  
Register - Shift-DR state. While in this state, upload the selected Data Register (selected by the  
present JTAG instruction in the JTAG Instruction Register) from the TDI input at the rising edge  
of TCK. In order to remain in the Shift-DR state, the TMS input must be held low. While the Data  
Register is shifted in from the TDI pin, the parallel inputs to the Data Register captured in the  
Capture-DR state is shifted out on the TDO pin.  
Apply the TMS sequence 1, 1, 0 to re-enter the Run-Test/Idle state. If the selected Data Register  
has a latched parallel-output, the latching takes place in the Update-DR state. The Exit-DR,  
Pause-DR, and Exit2-DR states are only used for navigating the state machine.  
As shown in the state diagram, the Run-Test/Idle state need not be entered between selecting  
JTAG instruction and using Data Registers.  
8.11.6  
Boundary-Scan  
The Boundary-Scan chain has the capability of driving and observing the logic levels on the dig-  
ital I/O pins, as well as the boundary between digital and analog logic for analog circuitry having  
off-chip connections. At system level, all ICs having JTAG capabilities are connected serially by  
the TDI/TDO signals to form a long shift register. An external controller sets up the devices to  
drive values at their output pins, and observe the input values received from other devices. The  
controller compares the received data with the expected result. In this way, Boundary-Scan pro-  
vides a mechanism for testing interconnections and integrity of components on Printed Circuits  
Boards by using the 4 TAP signals only.  
The four IEEE 1149.1 defined mandatory JTAG instructions IDCODE, BYPASS, SAMPLE/PRE-  
LOAD, and EXTEST can be used for testing the Printed Circuit Board. Initial scanning of the  
data register path will show the ID-code of the device, since IDCODE is the default JTAG  
instruction. It may be desirable to have the device in reset during test mode. If not reset, inputs  
to the device may be determined by the scan operations, and the internal software may be in an  
undetermined state when exiting the test mode. Entering reset, the outputs of any Port Pin will  
instantly enter the high impedance state, making the HIGHZ instruction redundant. If needed,  
the BYPASS instruction can be issued to make the shortest possible scan chain through the  
device. The device can be set in the reset state by pulling the external RESET_N pin low.  
The EXTEST instruction is used for sampling external pins and loading output pins with data.  
The data from the output latch will be driven out on the pins as soon as the EXTEST instruction  
is loaded into the JTAG IR-register. Therefore, the SAMPLE/PRELOAD should also be used for  
setting initial values to the scan ring, to avoid damaging the board when issuing the EXTEST  
96  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
instruction for the first time. SAMPLE/PRELOAD can also be used for taking a snapshot of the  
external pins during normal operation of the part.  
When using the JTAG interface for Boundary-Scan, the JTAG TCK clock is independent of the  
internal chip clock, which is not required to run.  
NOTE: For pins connected to 5V lines care should be taken to not drive the pins to a logic one  
using boundary scan, as this will create a current flowing from the 3,3V driver to the 5V pullup on  
the line. Optionally a series resistor can be added between the line and the pin to reduce the  
current.  
8.11.7  
Flash Programming typical procedure  
Flash programming is performed by operating Flash controller commands. The Flash controller  
is connected to the system bus matrix and is then controllable from the AHP-AP. The AHB-AP  
cannot write the FLASH page buffer while the core_hold_reset is asserted. The AHB-AP cannot  
be accessed when the device is in protected state. It is important to ensure that the CPU is  
halted prior to operating any flash programming operation to prevent it from corrupting the sys-  
tem configuration. The recommended sequence is shown below:  
1. At power up, RESET_N is driven low by a debugger. The on-chip regulator holds the  
system in a POR state until the input supply is above the POR threshold. The system  
continues to be held in this static state until the internally regulated supplies have  
reached a safe operating.  
2. PM starts, clocks are switched to the slow clock (Core Clock, System Clock, Flash  
Clock, and any Bus Clocks that do not have clock gate control). Internal resets are  
maintained due to the external reset.  
– The Debug Port (DP) and Access Ports (AP) receives a clock and leave the reset  
state,  
3. The debugger maintains a low level on TCK and release RESET_N.  
– The SMAP asserts the core_hold_reset signal  
4. The Cortex-M4 core remains in reset state, meanwhile the rest of the system is  
released.  
5. The debugger then configures the NVIC to catch the Cortex-M4 core reset vector fetch.  
For more information on how to program the NVIC, refer to the ARMv7-M Architecture  
Reference Manual.  
6. The debugger writes a one in the SMAP SCR.HCR to release the Cortex-M4 core reset  
to make the system bus matrix accessible from the AHB-AP.  
7. The Cortex-M4 core initializes the SP, then read the exception vector and stalls  
8. Programming is available through the AHB-AP  
9. After operation is completed, the chip can be restarted either by asserting RESET_N or  
switching power off/on or clearing SCR.HCR. Make sure that the TCK pin is high when  
releasing RESET_N not to halt the core.  
97  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8.11.8  
Chip erase typical procedure  
The chip erase operation is triggered by writing a one in the CE bit in the Control Register  
(CR.CE). This clears first all volatile memories in the system and second the whole flash array.  
Note that the User page is not erased in this process. To ensure that the chip erase operation is  
completed, check the DONE bit in the Status Register (SR.DONE). Also note that the chip erase  
operation depends on clocks and power management features that can be altered by the CPU.  
It is important to ensure that it is stopped. The recommended sequence is shown below:  
1. At power up, RESET_N is driven low by a debugger. The on-chip regulator holds the  
system in a POR state until the input supply is above the POR threshold. The system  
continues to be held in this static state until the internally regulated supplies have  
reached a safe operating.  
2. PM starts, clocks are switched to the slow clock (Core Clock, System Clock, Flash  
Clock, and any Bus Clocks that do not have clock gate control). Internal resets are  
maintained due to the external reset.  
– The debug port and access ports receives a clock and leave the reset state  
3. The debugger maintains a low level on TCK and release RESET_N.  
– The SMAP asserts the core_hold_reset signal  
4. The Cortex-M4 core remains in reset state, meanwhile the rest of the system is  
released.  
5. The Chip erase operation can be performed by issuing the SMAP Chip Erase com-  
mand. In this case:  
– volatile memories are cleared first  
– followed by the clearing of the flash array  
– followed by the clearing of the protected state  
6. After operation is completed, the chip must be restarted by either controling RESET_N  
or switching power off/on. Make sure that the TCK pin is high when releasing  
RESET_N not to halt the core.  
8.11.9  
Setting the protected state  
This is done by issuing a specific flash controller command, for more information, refer to the  
Flash Controller chapter and to section 8.11.7Flash Programming typical procedure97. The pro-  
tected state is defined by a highly secure Flash builtin mechanism. Note that for this  
programmation to propagate, it is required to reset the chip.  
98  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9. Electrical Characteristics  
9.1  
Absolute Maximum Ratings*  
Table 9-1.  
Absolute Maximum Ratings  
*NOTICE:  
Stresses beyond those listed under “Absolute Maxi-  
mum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the  
device. This is a stress rating only and functional  
operation of the device at these or other conditions  
beyond those indicated in the operational sections of  
this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute  
maximum rating conditions for extended periods may  
affect device reliability.  
Operating temperature .................................... -40°C to +85°C  
Storage temperature...................................... -60°C to +150°C  
Voltage on input pins  
with respect to ground ..........................-0.3V to VVDD (1)+0.3V  
Total DC output current on all I/O pins  
VDDIO ......................................................................... 120 mA  
Total DC output current on all I/O pins  
VDDIN ........................................................................ 100 mA  
Total DC output current on all I/O pins  
VDDANA........................................................................ 50 mA  
Maximum operating voltage VDDIO, VDDIN.................... 3.6V  
1.  
VVDD corresponds to either VVDDIN or VVDDIO, depending on the supply for the pin. Refer to Section 3-5 on page 13 for details  
9.2  
Operating Conditions  
All the electrical characteristics are applicable to the following conditions unless otherwise spec-  
ified :  
– operating voltage range 1,68V to 3,6V for VDDIN, VDDIO & VDDANA  
– Power Scaling 0 and 2 modes  
– operating temperature range: TA = -40°C to 85°C and for a junction temperature up  
to TJ = 100°C.  
Typical values are base on TA = 25°c and VDDIN,VDDIO,VDDANA = 3,3V unless otherwise  
specified  
9.3  
Supply Characteristics  
Table 9-2.  
Supply Characteristics  
Voltage  
Max  
Symbol  
Conditions  
Min  
Unit  
PS1 (FCPU<=12MHz)  
Linear mode  
1.68  
VVDDIO,  
VVDDIN,  
VVDDANA  
PS0 & PS2 (FCPU>12MHz)  
Linear mode  
3.6  
V
1.8  
Switching mode  
2.0 (1)  
1.  
Below 2.3V, linear mode is more power efficient than switching mode.  
Refer to Section 6. ”Power and Startup Considerations” on page 46 for details about Power  
Supply  
99  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-3.  
Supply Rise Rates and Order (1)  
VDDIO, VDDIN and VDDANA must be connected together and as a consequence, rise  
synchronously  
Rise Rate  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Comment  
VVDDIO  
DC supply peripheral I/Os  
0.0001  
2.5  
V/µs  
DC supply peripheral I/Os  
and internal regulator  
VVDDIN  
0.0001  
0.0001  
2.5  
2.5  
V/µs  
V/µs  
VVDDANA  
Analog supply voltage  
1.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in  
production.  
100  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.4  
Maximum Clock Frequencies  
Table 9-4.  
Maximum Clock Frequencies in Power Scaling Mode 0/2 and RUN Mode  
Symbol Parameter  
Description  
Max  
48  
Units  
fCPU  
fPBA  
CPU clock frequency  
PBA clock frequency  
PBB clock frequency  
PBC clock frequency  
PBD clock frequency  
48  
fPBB  
48  
fPBC  
fPBD  
fGCLK0  
48  
48  
GCLK0 clock frequency DFLLIF main reference, GCLK0 pin  
50  
DFLLIF dithering and SSG reference,  
fGCLK1  
GCLK1 clock frequency  
GCLK1 pin  
50  
fGCLK2  
fGCLK3  
fGCLK4  
fGCLK5  
fGCLK6  
fGCLK7  
fGCLK8  
fGCLK9  
GCLK2 clock frequency AST, GCLK2 pin  
GCLK3 clock frequency CATB, GCLK3 pin  
GCLK4 clock frequency FLO and AESA  
GCLK5 clock frequency GLOC, TC0 and RC32KIFB_REF  
GCLK6 clock frequency ABDACB and IISC  
GCLK7 clock frequency USBC  
20  
50  
50  
80  
50  
50  
50  
50  
MHz  
GCLK8 clock frequency TC1 and PEVC[0]  
GCLK9 clock frequency PLL0 and PEVC[1]  
GCLK10 clock  
ADCIFE  
fGCLK10  
fGCLK11  
50  
frequency  
GCLK11 clock  
frequency  
Master generic clock. Can be used as  
source for other generic clocks  
150  
Oscillator 0 in crystal mode  
Oscillator 0 in digital clock mode  
Phase Locked Loop  
30  
50  
fOSC0  
OSC0 output frequency  
fPLL  
PLL output frequency  
DFLL output frequency  
240  
220  
fDFLL  
Digital Frequency Locked Loop  
RC80M output  
frequency  
fRC80M  
Internal 80MHz RC Oscillator  
80  
101  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-5.  
Symbol Parameter  
fCPU CPU clock frequency  
fPBA  
Maximum Clock Frequencies in Power Scaling Mode 1 and RUN Mode  
Description  
Max  
12  
Units  
PBA clock frequency  
PBB clock frequency  
PBC clock frequency  
PBD clock frequency  
12  
fPBB  
12  
fPBC  
fPBD  
fGCLK0  
12  
12  
GCLK0 clock frequency DFLLIF main reference, GCLK0 pin  
16.6  
DFLLIF dithering and SSGreference,  
fGCLK1  
GCLK1 clock frequency  
GCLK1 pin  
16.6  
fGCLK2  
fGCLK3  
fGCLK4  
fGCLK5  
fGCLK6  
fGCLK7  
fGCLK8  
fGCLK9  
GCLK2 clock frequency AST, GCLK2 pin  
GCLK3 clock frequency CATB, GCLK3 pin  
GCLK4 clock frequency FLO and AESA  
GCLK5 clock frequency GLOC, TC0 and RC32KIFB_REF  
GCLK6 clock frequency ABDACB and IISC  
GCLK7 clock frequency USBC  
6.6  
17.3  
16.6  
26.6  
16.6  
16.6  
16.6  
16.6  
MHz  
GCLK8 clock frequency TC1 and PEVC[0]  
GCLK9 clock frequency PLL0 and PEVC[1]  
GCLK10 clock  
ADCIFE  
fGCLK10  
fGCLK11  
16.6  
51.2  
frequency  
GCLK11 clock  
frequency  
Master generic clock. Can be used as  
source for other generic clocks  
Oscillator 0 in crystal mode  
Oscillator 0 in digital clock mode  
Phase Locked Loop  
16  
16  
fOSC0  
OSC0 output frequency  
fPLL  
PLL output frequency  
DFLL output frequency  
N/A  
N/A  
fDFLL  
Digital Frequency Locked Loop  
RC80M output  
frequency  
fRC80M  
Internal 80MHz RC Oscillator  
N/A  
102  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.5  
Power Consumption  
9.5.1  
Power Scaling 0 and 2  
The values in Table 9-6 are measured values of power consumption under the following condi-  
tions, except where noted:  
• Operating conditions for power scaling mode 0 and 2  
– VVDDIN = 3.3V  
– Power Scaling mode 0 is used for CPU frequencies under 36MHz  
– Power Scaling mode 2 is used for CPU frequencies above 36MHz  
• Wake up time from low power modes is measured from the edge of the wakeup signal to the  
first instruction fetched in flash.  
• Oscillators  
– OSC0 (crystal oscillator) stopped  
– OSC32K (32kHz crystal oscillator) running with external 32kHz crystal  
– DFLL using OSC32K as reference and running at 48MHz  
• Clocks  
– DFLL used as main clock source  
– CPU, AHB clocks undivided  
– APBC and APBD clocks divided by 4  
– APBA and APBB bridges off  
– The following peripheral clocks running  
• PM, SCIF, AST, FLASHCALW, APBC and APBD bridges  
– All other peripheral clocks stopped  
• I/Os are inactive with internal pull-up  
• CPU is running on flash with 1 wait state  
• Low power cache enabled  
• BOD18 and BOD33 disabled  
Table 9-6.  
Mode  
ATSAM4L4/2 Current consumption and Wakeup time for power scaling mode 0 and 2  
Typical  
Conditions  
TA  
Wakeup Time  
Typ  
296  
300  
320  
326  
177  
179  
186  
195  
Max (1)  
326  
332  
377  
380  
198  
200  
232  
239  
Unit  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
CPU running a Fibonacci algorithm  
Linear mode  
N/A  
N/A  
CPU running a CoreMark algorithm  
Linear mode  
RUN  
µA/MHz  
N/A  
N/A  
CPU running a Fibonacci algorithm  
Switching mode  
CPU running a CoreMark algorithm  
Switching mode  
103  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-6.  
ATSAM4L4/2 Current consumption and Wakeup time for power scaling mode 0 and 2  
Typical  
Mode  
Conditions  
TA  
Wakeup Time  
Typ  
3817  
3934  
2341  
2437  
1758  
1847  
51  
Max (1)  
4033  
4174  
2477  
2585  
1862  
1971  
60  
Unit  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
9 * Main clock  
cycles  
SLEEP0  
Switching mode  
9 * Main clock  
cycles + 500ns  
SLEEP1  
Switching mode  
9 * Main clock  
cycles + 500ns  
SLEEP2  
SLEEP3  
Switching mode  
Linear mode  
OSC32K and AST running  
Fast wake-up enable  
5.9  
4.7  
8.7  
7.6  
µA  
WAIT  
1.5µs  
1.5µs  
OSC32K and AST stopped  
Fast wake-up enable  
25°C  
OSC32K running  
3.1  
2.2  
1.5  
0.9  
5.1  
4.2  
3.1  
1.7  
AST running at 1kHz  
RETENTION  
BACKUP  
AST and OSC32K stopped  
OSC32K running  
AST running at 1kHz  
AST and OSC32K stopped  
1.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
Table 9-7.  
Mode  
ATSAM4L8 Current consumption and Wakeup time for power scaling mode 0 and 2  
Typical  
Conditions  
TA  
Wakeup Time  
Typ  
319  
326  
343  
351  
181  
186  
192  
202  
Max (1)  
343  
350  
387  
416  
198  
203  
232  
239  
Unit  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
CPU running a Fibonacci algorithm  
Linear mode  
N/A  
N/A  
CPU running a CoreMark algorithm  
Linear mode  
RUN  
µA/MHz  
N/A  
N/A  
CPU running a Fibonacci algorithm  
Switching mode  
CPU running a CoreMark algorithm  
Switching mode  
104  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-7.  
ATSAM4L8 Current consumption and Wakeup time for power scaling mode 0 and 2  
Typical  
Mode  
Conditions  
TA  
Wakeup Time  
Typ  
3817  
4050  
2341  
2525  
1758  
1925  
51  
Max (1)  
4033  
4507  
2477  
2832  
1862  
1971  
60  
Unit  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
9 * Main clock  
cycles  
SLEEP0  
Switching mode  
9 * Main clock  
cycles + 500ns  
SLEEP1  
Switching mode  
9 * Main clock  
cycles + 500ns  
SLEEP2  
SLEEP3  
Switching mode  
Linear mode  
OSC32K and AST running  
Fast wake-up enable  
6.7  
5.5  
µA  
WAIT  
1.5µs  
1.5µs  
OSC32K and AST stopped  
Fast wake-up enable  
25°C  
OSC32K running  
3.9  
3.0  
1.5  
0.9  
AST running at 1kHz  
RETENTION  
BACKUP  
AST and OSC32K stopped  
OSC32K running  
3.1  
1.7  
AST running at 1kHz  
AST and OSC32K stopped  
1.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
9.5.2  
Power Scaling 1  
The values in Table 34-7 are measured values of power consumption under the following condi-  
tions, except where noted:  
• Operating conditions for power scaling mode 1  
– VVDDIN = 3.3V  
• Wake up time from low power modes is measured from the edge of the wakeup signal to the  
first instruction fetched in flash.  
• Oscillators  
– OSC0 (crystal oscillator) and OSC32K (32kHz crystal oscillator) stopped  
– RCFAST Running at 12MHz  
• Clocks  
– RCFAST used as main clock source  
– CPU, AHB clocks undivided  
– APBC and APBD clocks divided by 4  
– APBA and APBB bridges off  
– The following peripheral clocks running  
• PM, SCIF, AST, FLASHCALW, APBC and APBD bridges  
105  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
– All other peripheral clocks stopped  
• I/Os are inactive with internal pull-up  
• CPU is running on flash with 1 wait state  
• Low power cache enabled  
• BOD18 and BOD33 disabled  
Table 9-8.  
Mode  
ATSAM4L4/2 Current consumption and Wakeup time for power scaling mode 1  
Typical  
Conditions  
TA  
Wakeup Time  
Typ  
205  
212  
213  
230  
95  
Max (1)  
224  
231  
244  
270  
112  
119  
128  
138  
627  
739  
445  
564  
381  
442  
55  
Unit  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
CPU running a Fibonacci algorithm  
Linear mode  
N/A  
N/A  
CPU running a CoreMark algorithm  
Linear mode  
RUN  
µA/MHz  
N/A  
N/A  
CPU running a Fibonacci algorithm  
Switching mode  
100  
100  
107  
527  
579  
369  
404  
305  
334  
46  
CPU running a CoreMark algorithm  
Switching mode  
9 * Main clock  
cycles  
SLEEP0  
SLEEP1  
Switching mode  
Switching mode  
9 * Main clock  
cycles + 500ns  
9 * Main clock  
cycles + 500ns  
SLEEP2  
SLEEP3  
Switching mode  
Linear mode  
OSC32K and AST running  
Fast wake-up enable  
4.7  
3.5  
7.5  
6.3  
µA  
WAIT  
1.5µs  
1.5µs  
OSC32K and AST stopped  
Fast wake-up enable  
OSC32K running  
25°C  
2.6  
1.5  
1.5  
0.9  
4.8  
4
AST running at 1kHz  
RETENTION  
BACKUP  
AST and OSC32K stopped  
OSC32K running  
3.1  
1.7  
AST running at 1kHz  
AST and OSC32K stopped  
1.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
106  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-9.  
Mode  
ATSAM4L8 Current consumption and Wakeup time for power scaling mode 1  
Typical  
Conditions  
TA  
Wakeup Time  
Typ  
222  
233  
233  
230  
100  
100  
104  
107  
527  
579  
369  
404  
305  
334  
46  
Max (1)  
240  
276  
276  
270  
112  
119  
128  
138  
627  
739  
445  
564  
381  
442  
55  
Unit  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
25°C  
85°C  
CPU running a Fibonacci algorithm  
Linear mode  
N/A  
N/A  
CPU running a CoreMark algorithm  
Linear mode  
RUN  
µA/MHz  
N/A  
N/A  
CPU running a Fibonacci algorithm  
Switching mode  
CPU running a CoreMark algorithm  
Switching mode  
9 * Main clock  
cycles  
SLEEP0  
SLEEP1  
Switching mode  
Switching mode  
9 * Main clock  
cycles + 500ns  
9 * Main clock  
cycles + 500ns  
SLEEP2  
SLEEP3  
Switching mode  
Linear mode  
OSC32K and AST running  
Fast wake-up enable  
5.5  
4.3  
µA  
WAIT  
1.5µs  
1.5µs  
OSC32K and AST stopped  
Fast wake-up enable  
OSC32K running  
25°C  
3.4  
2.3  
1.5  
0.9  
AST running at 1kHz  
RETENTION  
BACKUP  
AST and OSC32K stopped  
OSC32K running  
3.1  
1.7  
AST running at 1kHz  
AST and OSC32K stopped  
1.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
Table 9-10. Typical Power Consumption running CoreMark on CPU clock sources (1)  
Frequency  
Clock Source Conditions  
Regulator  
(MHz)  
Typ  
Unit  
107  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-10. Typical Power Consumption running CoreMark on CPU clock sources (1)  
RCSYS  
Power scaling mode 1  
(MCSEL = 0)  
0.115  
978  
0.5  
12  
12  
30  
0.6  
12  
12  
50  
40  
50  
354  
114  
228  
219  
292  
111  
193  
194  
188  
185  
Power scaling mode 1  
OSC0  
(MCSEL = 1)  
Power scaling mode 0  
OSC0  
Power scaling mode 1  
(MCSEL = 1)  
External Clock  
(MODE=0)  
Power scaling mode 0  
Power scaling mode 2  
Switching  
Mode  
PLL  
Power scaling mode 2  
µA/MHz  
(MCSEL = 2)  
Input Freq = 4MHz from OSC0  
Power scaling mode 0  
20  
50  
1
214  
195  
267  
Input Freq = 32kHz from OSC32K  
DFLL  
(MCSEL = 3)  
Power scaling mode 2  
Input Freq = 32kHz from OSC32K  
RC1M  
Power scaling mode 1  
(MCSEL = 4)  
4
153  
114  
RCFAST  
Power scaling mode 1  
(MCSEL = 5)  
RCFAST frequency is configurable from 4 to 12MHz  
12  
RC80M  
Power scaling mode 2  
40  
211  
(MCSEL = 6)  
fCPU = RC80M / 2 = 40MHz  
1.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
108  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 9-1. Typical Power Consumption running Coremark (from above table)  
Note:  
For variable frequency oscillators, linear interpolation between high and low settings  
Figure 9-2. Measurement Schematic, Switching Mode  
VDDIN  
VDDANA  
VDDIO  
VDDOUT  
Amp 0  
VDDCORE  
109  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.5.3  
Peripheral Power Consumption in Power Scaling mode 0 and 2  
The values in Table 9-11 are measured values of power consumption under the following  
conditions:  
• Operating conditions, internal core supply (Figure 9-2)  
– VVDDIN = 3.3V  
– VVDDCORE supplied by the internal regulator in switching mode  
• TA = 25°C  
• Oscillators  
– OSC0 (crystal oscillator) stopped  
– OSC32K (32KHz crystal oscillator) running with external 32KHz crystal  
– DFLL running at 48MHz with OSC32K as reference clock  
• Clocks  
– DFLL used as main clock source  
– CPU, AHB, and PB clocks undivided  
• I/Os are inactive with internal pull-up  
• Flash enabled in high speed mode  
• CPU in SLEEP0 mode  
• BOD18 and BOD33 disabled  
Consumption active is the added current consumption when the module clock is turned on.  
110  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-11. Typical Current Consumption by Peripheral in Power Scaling Mode 0 and 2 (1)  
Peripheral  
IISC  
Typ Consumption Active  
Unit  
1.0  
1.9  
6.3  
1.5  
1.2  
8.5  
3.1  
1.3  
3.1  
0.4  
0.7  
0.9  
0.7  
3.0  
4.4  
1.0  
0.3  
1.5  
5.6  
0.1  
6.4  
0.5  
7.1  
0.9  
4.6  
1.5  
1.4  
0.6  
0.3  
SPI  
TC  
TWIM  
TWIS  
USART  
ADCIFE(2)  
DACC  
ACIFC (2)  
GLOC  
ABDACB  
TRNG  
PARC  
CATB  
LCDCA  
PDCA  
CRCCU  
USBC  
PEVC  
CHIPID  
SCIF  
µA/MHz  
FREQM  
GPIO  
BPM  
BSCIF  
AST  
WDT  
EIC  
PICOUART  
1.  
2.  
These numbers are valid for the measured condition only and must not be extrapolated to other  
frequencies  
Includes the current consumption on VDDANA and ADVREFP.  
9.5.4  
.Peripheral Power Consumption in Power Scaling mode 1  
The values in Table 9-13 are measured values of power consumption under the following  
conditions:  
111  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
• Operating conditions, internal core supply (Figure 9-2)  
– VVDDIN = 3.3V  
– VVDDCORE = 1.2 V, supplied by the internal regulator in switching mode  
• TA = 25°C  
• Oscillators  
– OSC0 (crystal oscillator) stopped  
– OSC32K (32KHz crystal oscillator) running with external 32KHz crystal  
– RCFAST running @ 12MHz  
• Clocks  
– RCFAST used as main clock source  
– CPU, AHB, and PB clocks undivided  
• I/Os are inactive with internal pull-up  
• Flash enabled in normal mode  
• CPU in SLEEP0 mode  
• BOD18 and BOD33 disabled  
Consumption active is the added current consumption when the module clock is turned on  
112  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-12. Typical Current Consumption by Peripheral in Power Scaling Mode 1 (1)  
Peripheral  
IISC  
Typ Consumption Active  
Unit  
0.5  
1.1  
3.1  
0.8  
0.7  
4.4  
1.6  
0.6  
1.6  
0.1  
0.3  
0.3  
0.3  
1.5  
2.2  
0.4  
0.3  
0.9  
2.8  
0.1  
3.1  
0.2  
3.4  
0.4  
2.3  
0.8  
0.8  
0.3  
0.2  
SPI  
TC  
TWIM  
TWIS  
USART  
ADCIFE(2)  
DACC  
ACIFC (2)  
GLOC  
ABDACB  
TRNG  
PARC  
CATB  
LCDCA  
PDCA  
CRCCU  
USBC  
PEVC  
CHIPID  
SCIF  
µA/MHz  
FREQM  
GPIO  
BPM  
BSCIF  
AST  
WDT  
EIC  
PICOUART  
1.  
2.  
These numbers are valid for the measured condition only and must not be extrapolated to other  
frequencies  
Includes the current consumption on VDDANA and ADVREFP.  
113  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.6  
I/O Pin Characteristics  
9.6.1  
Normal I/O Pin  
Table 9-13. Normal I/O Pin Characteristics (1)  
Symbol  
RPULLUP  
RPULLDOWN  
VIL  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
40  
Max  
Units  
kΩ  
Pull-up resistance (2)  
Pull-down resistance(2)  
Input low-level voltage  
Input high-level voltage  
Output low-level voltage  
Output high-level voltage  
40  
kΩ  
-0.3  
0.2 * VVDD  
VVDD + 0.3  
0.4  
VIH  
0.8 * VVDD  
V
VOL  
VOH  
VVDD - 0.4  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
0.8  
1.6  
1.6  
3.2  
0.8  
1.6  
1.6  
3.2  
35  
ODCR0=0  
ODCR0=1  
ODCR0=0  
ODCR0=1  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
IOL  
Output low-level current (3)  
Output high-level current(3)  
IOH  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
ODCR0=0  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V,  
load = 25pF  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
45  
19  
23  
36  
47  
20  
24  
tRISE  
Rise time(2)  
ODCR0=0  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V,  
load = 25pF  
ODCR0=0  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V,  
load = 25pF  
tFALL  
Fall time(2)  
ODCR0=0  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V,  
load = 25pF  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
17  
15  
27  
23  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
ODCR0=0, VVDD>2.7V  
load = 25pF  
FPINMAX  
Output frequency(2)  
ODCR0=1, VVDD>2.7V  
load = 25pF  
Pull-up resistors  
disabled  
ILEAK  
CIN  
Input leakage current(3)  
Input capacitance(2)  
0.01  
5
1
µA  
pF  
1.  
2.  
VVDD corresponds to either VVDDIN or VVDDIO, depending on the supply for the pin. Refer to Section 3-5 on page 13 for details  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
114  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
3.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
High-drive I/O Pin : PA02, PC04, PC05, PC06  
9.6.2  
Table 9-14. High-drive I/O Pin Characteristics (1)  
Symbol  
RPULLUP  
RPULLDOWN  
VIL  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
40  
Max  
Units  
kΩ  
Pull-up resistance (2)  
Pull-down resistance(2)  
Input low-level voltage  
Input high-level voltage  
Output low-level voltage  
Output high-level voltage  
40  
kΩ  
-0.3  
0.2 * VVDD  
VVDD + 0.3  
0.4  
VIH  
0.8 * VVDD  
V
VOL  
VOH  
VVDD - 0.4  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.8  
3.2  
3.2  
6
ODCR0=0  
ODCR0=1  
ODCR0=0  
ODCR0=1  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
IOL  
Output low-level current (3)  
Output high-level current(3)  
1.6  
3.2  
3.2  
6
IOH  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
ODCR0=0  
20  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V,  
Cload = 25pF  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
40  
11  
18  
20  
40  
11  
18  
tRISE  
Rise time(2)  
ODCR0=0  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V,  
Cload = 25pF  
ODCR0=0  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V,  
Cload = 25pF  
tFALL  
Fall time(2)  
ODCR0=0  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V,  
Cload = 25pF  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
22  
17  
35  
26  
2
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
µA  
ODCR0=0, VVDD>2.7V  
load = 25pF  
FPINMAX  
Output frequency(2)  
ODCR0=1, VVDD>2.7V  
load = 25pF  
ILEAK  
CIN  
Input leakage current(3)  
Input capacitance(2)  
Pull-up resistors disabled  
0.01  
10  
pF  
1.  
2.  
3.  
VVDD corresponds to either VVDDIN or VVDDIO, depending on the supply for the pin. Refer to Section 3-5 on page 13 for details  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
115  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.6.3  
USB I/O Pin : PA25, PA26  
Table 9-15. USB I/O Pin Characteristics in GPIO configuration (1)  
Symbol  
RPULLUP  
RPULLDOWN  
VIL  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
40  
Max  
Units  
kΩ  
Pull-up resistance (2)  
Pull-down resistance(2)  
Input low-level voltage  
Input high-level voltage  
Output low-level voltage  
Output high-level voltage  
40  
kΩ  
-0.3  
0.2 * VVDD  
VVDD + 0.3  
0.4  
VIH  
0.8 * VVDD  
V
VOL  
VOH  
VVDD - 0.4  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
20  
30  
20  
30  
IOL  
Output low-level current (3)  
ODCR0=0  
mA  
IOH  
Output high-level current(3) ODCR0=0  
mA  
ODCR0=0  
Maximum frequency(2)  
OSRR0=0  
FPINMAX  
20  
1
MHz  
load = 25pF  
ILEAK  
CIN  
Input leakage current(3)  
Input capacitance(2)  
Pull-up resistors disabled  
0.01  
5
µA  
pF  
1.  
2.  
3.  
VVDD corresponds to either VVDDIN or VVDDIO, depending on the supply for the pin. Refer to Section 3-5 on page 13 for details  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
9.6.4  
TWI Pin : PA21, PA22, PA23, PA24, PB14, PB15  
Table 9-16. TWI Pin Characteristics in TWI configuration (1)  
Symbol  
RPULLUP  
RPULLDOWN  
VIL  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
40  
Max  
Units  
kΩ  
kΩ  
V
Pull-up resistance (2)  
Pull-down resistance(2)  
Input low-level voltage  
Input high-level voltage  
Output low-level voltage  
40  
-0.3  
0.3 * VVDD  
VVDD + 0.3  
0.4  
VIH  
0.7 * VVDD  
V
VOL  
V
DRIVEL=0  
DRIVEL=1  
DRIVEL=2  
DRIVEL=3  
DRIVEL=4  
DRIVEL=5  
DRIVEL=6  
DRIVEL=7  
0.5  
1.0  
1.6  
3.1  
IOL  
Output low-level current (3)  
mA  
6.2  
9.3  
15.5  
21.8  
116  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-16. TWI Pin Characteristics in TWI configuration (1)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
DRIVEH=0  
DRIVEH=1  
DRIVEH=2  
DRIVEH=3  
Min  
Typ  
0.5  
1
Max  
Units  
ICS  
Current Source(3)  
mA  
1.5  
3
HsMode with Current source;  
DRIVEx=3, SLEW=0  
fMAX  
Max frequency(2)  
Rise time(2)  
3.5  
6.4  
28  
50  
50  
MHz  
ns  
Cbus = 400pF, VVDD = 1.68V  
HsMode Mode, DRIVEx=3, SLEW=0  
Cbus = 400pF, Rp = 440Ohm,  
tRISE  
38  
95  
95  
VVDD = 1.68V  
Standard Mode, DRIVEx=3, SLEW=0  
Cbus = 400pF, Rp = 440Ohm,  
VVDD = 1.68V  
tFALL  
Fall time(2)  
ns  
HsMode Mode, DRIVEx=3, SLEW=0  
Cbus = 400pF, Rp = 440Ohm,  
VVDD = 1.68V  
1.  
2.  
3.  
VVDD corresponds to either VVDDIN or VVDDIO, depending on the supply for the pin. Refer to Section 3-5 on page 13 for details  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
Table 9-17. TWI Pin Characteristics in GPIO configuration (1)  
Symbol  
RPULLUP  
RPULLDOWN  
VIL  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
40  
Max  
Units  
kΩ  
kΩ  
V
Pull-up resistance (2)  
Pull-up resistance(2)  
Input low-level voltage  
Input high-level voltage  
Output low-level voltage  
Output high-level voltage  
40  
-0.3  
0.2 * VVDD  
VVDD + 0.3  
0.4  
VIH  
0.8 * VVDD  
V
VOL  
V
VOH  
VVDD - 0.4  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.8  
3.5  
3.6  
6.8  
1.8  
3.5  
3.6  
6.8  
ODCR0=0  
ODCR0=1  
ODCR0=0  
ODCR0=1  
IOL  
Output low-level current (3)  
Output high-level current(3)  
mA  
mA  
IOH  
117  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-17. TWI Pin Characteristics in GPIO configuration (1)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
OSRR0=0  
ODCR0=0  
18  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V,  
Cload = 25pF  
ns  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
110  
10  
tRISE  
Rise time(2)  
ODCR0=0  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V,  
Cload = 25pF  
ns  
ns  
ns  
50  
ODCR0=0  
19  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V,  
Cload = 25pF  
140  
12  
tFALL  
Fall time(2)  
ODCR0=0  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V,  
Cload = 25pF  
63  
1.  
2.  
3.  
VVDD corresponds to either VVDDIN or VVDDIO, depending on the supply for the pin. Refer to Section 3-5 on page 13 for details  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
Table 9-18. Common TWI Pin Characteristics  
Symbol  
ILEAK  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
0.01  
5
Max  
Units  
µA  
Input leakage current (1)  
Input capacitance(2)  
Pull-up resistors disabled  
1
CIN  
pF  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
118  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.6.5  
High Drive TWI Pin : PB00, PB01  
Table 9-19. High Drive TWI Pin Characteristics in TWI configuration (1)  
Symbol  
RPULLUP  
RPULLDOWN  
VIL  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
40  
Max  
Units  
kΩ  
Pull-up resistance (2)  
Pull-down resistance(2)  
Input low-level voltage  
Input high-level voltage  
Output low-level voltage  
Output high-level voltage  
PB00, PB01  
40  
kΩ  
-0.3  
0.3 * VVDD  
VVDD + 0.3  
0.4  
VIH  
0.7 * VVDD  
V
VOL  
VOH  
VVDD - 0.4  
DRIVEL=0  
DRIVEL=1  
DRIVEL=2  
DRIVEL=3  
DRIVEL=4  
DRIVEL=5  
DRIVEL=6  
DRIVEL=7  
DRIVEH=0  
DRIVEH=1  
DRIVEH=2  
DRIVEH=3  
0.5  
1.0  
1.6  
3.1  
IOL  
Output low-level current (3)  
mA  
6.2  
9.3  
15.5  
21.8  
0.5  
1
ICS  
Current Source(2)  
mA  
1.5  
3
HsMode with Current source;  
DRIVEx=3, SLEW=0  
fMAX  
Max frequency(2)  
Rise time(2)  
3.5  
6.4  
28  
50  
50  
MHz  
ns  
Cbus = 400pF, VVDD = 1.68V  
HsMode Mode, DRIVEx=3, SLEW=0  
Cbus = 400pF, Rp = 440Ohm,  
VVDD = 1.68V  
tRISE  
38  
95  
95  
Standard Mode, DRIVEx=3, SLEW=0  
Cbus = 400pF, Rp = 440Ohm,  
VVDD = 1.68V  
tFALL  
Fall time(2)  
ns  
HsMode Mode, DRIVEx=3, SLEW=0  
Cbus = 400pF, Rp = 440Ohm,  
VVDD = 1.68V  
1.  
2.  
3.  
VVDD corresponds to either VVDDIN or VVDDIO, depending on the supply for the pin. Refer to Section 3-5 on page 13 for details  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
119  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-20. High Drive TWI Pin Characteristics in GPIO configuration (1)  
Symbol  
RPULLUP  
RPULLDOWN  
VIL  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
40  
Max  
Units  
kΩ  
Pull-up resistance (2)  
Pull-up resistance(2)  
Input low-level voltage  
Input high-level voltage  
Output low-level voltage  
Output high-level voltage  
40  
kΩ  
-0.3  
0.2 * VVDD  
VVDD + 0.3  
0.4  
VIH  
0.8 * VVDD  
V
VOL  
VOH  
VVDD - 0.4  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V  
3.4  
6
ODCR0=0  
ODCR0=1  
ODCR0=0  
ODCR0=1  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
IOL  
Output low-level current (3)  
Output high-level current(3)  
5.2  
8
3.4  
6
IOH  
5.2  
8
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
OSRR0=0  
OSRR0=1  
ODCR0=0  
18  
110  
10  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V,  
Cload = 25pF  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tRISE  
Rise time(2)  
ODCR0=0  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V,  
Cload = 25pF  
50  
ODCR0=0  
19  
1.68V<VVDD<2.7V,  
Cload = 25pF  
140  
12  
tFALL  
Fall time(2)  
ODCR0=0  
2.7V<VVDD<3.6V,  
Cload = 25pF  
63  
1.  
2.  
3.  
VVDD corresponds to either VVDDIN or VVDDIO, depending on the supply for the pin. Refer to Section 3-5 on page 13 for details  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
Table 9-21. Common High Drive TWI Pin Characteristics  
Symbol  
ILEAK  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
0.01  
10  
Max  
Units  
µA  
Input leakage current (1)  
Input capacitance(1)  
Pull-up resistors disabled  
2
CIN  
pF  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
120  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.7  
Oscillator Characteristics  
Oscillator 0 (OSC0) Characteristics  
Digital Clock Characteristics  
9.7.1  
9.7.1.1  
The following table describes the characteristics for the oscillator when a digital clock is applied  
on XIN.  
Table 9-22. Digital Clock Characteristics  
Symbol  
fCPXIN  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
50  
Units  
MHz  
%
XIN clock frequency (1)  
XIN clock duty cycle(1)  
Startup time  
tCPXIN  
40  
60  
tSTARTUP  
N/A  
cycles  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
9.7.1.2  
Crystal Oscillator Characteristics  
The following table describes the characteristics for the oscillator when a crystal is connected  
between XIN and XOUT as shown in Figure 9-3. The user must choose a crystal oscillator  
where the crystal load capacitance CL is within the range given in the table. The exact value of CL  
can be found in the crystal datasheet. The capacitance of the external capacitors (CLEXT) can  
then be computed as follows:  
CLEXT = 2(CL CSTRAYCSHUNT  
)
where CSTRAY is the capacitance of the pins and PCB, CSHUNT is the shunt capacitance of the  
crystal.  
Table 9-23. Crystal Oscillator Characteristics  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
fOUT  
Crystal oscillator frequency (1)  
0.6  
30  
MHz  
f = 0.455MHz, CLEXT = 100pF  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 0  
17000  
2000  
1500  
300  
f = 2MHz, CLEXT = 20pF  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 0  
f = 4MHz, CLEXT = 20pF  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 1  
ESR  
Crystal Equivalent Series Resistance (2)  
Ω
f = 8MHz, CLEXT = 20pF  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 2  
f = 16MHz, CLEXT = 20pF  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 3  
350  
f = 30MHz, CLEXT = 18pF  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 4  
45  
121  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-23. Crystal Oscillator Characteristics  
Symbol  
CL  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
18  
7
Unit  
pF  
Crystal load capacitance(1)  
Crystal shunt capacitance(1)  
Parasitic capacitor load(2)  
Parasitic capacitor load(2)  
Startup time(1)  
6
CSHUNT  
CXIN  
CXOUT  
tSTARTUP  
4.91  
3.22  
TQFP100 package  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 2  
30000(3)  
cycles  
Active mode, f = 0.6MHz,  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 0  
30  
Active mode, f = 4MHz,  
130  
260  
590  
960  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 1  
Active mode, f = 8MHz,  
IOSC  
Current consumption(1)  
µA  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 2  
Active mode, f = 16MHz,  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 3  
Active mode, f = 30MHz,  
SCIF.OSCCTRL.GAIN = 4  
1.  
2.  
3.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
Nominal crystal cycles.  
Figure 9-3. Oscillator Connection  
Xin  
CLEXT  
Crystal  
LM  
CSHUNT  
RM  
CSTRAY  
CM  
Xout  
CLEXT  
122  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.7.2  
32kHz Crystal Oscillator (OSC32K) Characteristics  
Figure 9-3 and the equation above also applies to the 32kHz oscillator connection. The user  
must choose a crystal oscillator where the crystal load capacitance CL is within the range given  
in the table. The exact value of CL can then be found in the crystal datasheet.  
Table 9-24. Digital Clock Characteristics  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
6
Units  
MHz  
%
fCPXIN32  
XIN32 clock frequency (1)  
XIN32 clock duty cycle(1)  
Startup time  
40  
60  
tSTARTUP  
N/A  
cycles  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
Table 9-25. 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator Characteristics  
Symbol  
fOUT  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Hz  
Crystal oscillator frequency  
Startup time (1)  
32 768  
30000(2)  
tSTARTUP  
CL  
CSHUNT  
CXIN  
CXOUT  
IOSC32K  
Rm = 100kΩ, CL = 12.5pF  
cycles  
Crystal load capacitance(1)  
Crystal shunt capacitance(1)  
Parasitic capacitor load (3)  
Parasitic capacitor load(3)  
Current consumption(1)  
6
12.5  
1.7  
0.8  
pF  
nA  
kΩ  
3.4  
2.72  
350  
TQFP100 package  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=0  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=4  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=8  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=15  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=0  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=4  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=8  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=15  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=4  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=6  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=8  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=10  
OSCCTRL32.SELCURR=15  
28  
72  
CL=6pF  
CL=9pF  
Crystal equivalent series  
resistance(1)  
114  
313  
14  
f=32.768kHz  
OSCCTRL32.MODE=1  
Safety Factor = 3  
36  
kΩ  
kΩ  
ESRXTAL  
100  
170  
15.2  
61.8  
101.8  
138.5  
228.5  
Crystal equivalent series  
resistance(3)  
f=32.768kHz  
CL=12.5pF  
OSCCTRL32.MODE=1  
Safety Factor = 3  
1.  
2.  
3.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
Nominal crystal cycles.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
123  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.7.3  
Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Characteristics  
Table 9-26. Phase Locked Loop Characteristics  
Symbol  
fOUT  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
48  
4
Typ  
Max  
240  
16  
Unit  
Output frequency (1)  
Input frequency(1)  
PLL is not availabe in PS1  
MHz  
fIN  
fout=80MHz  
200  
500  
8
IPLL  
Current consumption(1)  
µA  
µs  
fout=240MHz  
Startup time, from enabling  
the PLL until the PLL is  
locked(1)  
Wide Bandwidth mode disabled  
tSTARTUP  
Wide Bandwidth mode enabled  
30  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
9.7.4  
Digital Frequency Locked Loop (DFLL) Characteristics  
Table 9-27. Digital Frequency Locked Loop Characteristics  
Symbol  
fOUT  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
20  
8
Typ  
Max  
150  
150  
0.5  
Unit  
MHz  
kHz  
Output frequency (1)  
Reference frequency(1)  
DFLL is not availabe in PS1  
fREF  
FINE lock, fREF = 32kHz, SSG disabled(2)  
0.1  
ACCURATE lock, fREF = 32kHz, dither  
clk RCSYS/2, SSG disabled(2)  
0.06  
0.5  
1
Accuracy(1)  
%
FINE lock, fREF = 8-150kHz, SSG  
disabled(2)  
0.2  
0.1  
509  
ACCURATE lock, fREF = 8-150kHz,  
dither clk RCSYS/2, SSG disabled(2)  
1
RANGE 0 96 to 220MHz  
430  
1545  
218  
704  
140  
365  
122  
288  
545  
COARSE=0, FINE=0, DIV=0  
RANGE 0 96 to 220MHz  
1858  
271  
827  
187  
441  
174  
354  
1919  
308  
862  
226  
477  
219  
391  
COARSE=31, FINE=255, DIV=0  
RANGE 1 50 to 110MHz  
COARSE=0, FINE=0, DIV=0  
RANGE 1 50 to 110MHz  
COARSE=31, FINE=255, DIV=0  
IDFLL  
Power consumption(1)  
µA  
RANGE 2 25 to 55MHz  
COARSE=0, FINE=0, DIV=1  
RANGE 2 25 to 55MHz  
COARSE=31, FINE=255, DIV=1  
RANGE 3 20 to 30MHz  
COARSE=0, FINE=0, DIV=1  
RANGE 3 20 to 30MHz  
COARSE=31, FINE=255, DIV=1  
124  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-27. Digital Frequency Locked Loop Characteristics  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
tSTARTUP  
Startup time(1)  
Within 90% of final values  
fREF = 32kHz, FINE lock, SSG disabled(2)  
100  
µs  
600  
tLOCK  
Lock time(1)  
f
REF = 32kHz, ACCURATE lock, dithering  
1100  
clock = RCSYS/2, SSG disabled(2)  
1.  
2.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
Spread Spectrum Generator (SSG) is disabled by writing a zero to the EN bit in the SCIF.DFLL0SSG register.  
9.7.5  
32kHz RC Oscillator (RC32K) Characteristics  
Table 9-28. 32kHz RC Oscillator Characteristics  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Calibrated against a 32.768kHz  
reference  
fOUT  
Output frequency (1)  
20  
32.768  
44  
kHz  
Temperature compensation disabled  
Without temperature compensation  
Temperature compensation enabled  
0.5  
2
µA  
µA  
IRC32K  
Current consumption (2)  
Startup time(1)  
tSTARTUP  
1
cycle  
1.  
2.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
9.7.6  
System RC Oscillator (RCSYS) Characteristics  
Table 9-29. System RC Oscillator Characteristics  
Symbol  
fOUT  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
116  
12  
Unit  
kHz  
µA  
Output frequency (1)  
Current consumption (2)  
Startup time(1)  
Calibrated at 85°C  
110  
113.6  
IRCSYS  
tSTARTUP  
Duty  
25  
38  
50  
63  
µs  
Duty cycle(1)  
49.6  
50.3  
%
1.  
2.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
125  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.7.7  
1MHz RC Oscillator (RC1M) Characteristics  
Table 9-30. RC1M Oscillator Characteristics  
Symbol  
fOUT  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
1
Max  
Unit  
MHz  
µA  
Output frequency (1)  
Current consumption (2)  
Duty cycle(1)  
0.91  
1.12  
IRC1M  
Duty  
35  
48.6  
49.9  
54.4  
%
1.  
2.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
9.7.8  
4/8/12MHz RC Oscillator (RCFAST) Characteristics  
Table 9-31. RCFAST Oscillator Characteristics  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
4
Typ  
4.3  
Max  
4.6  
Unit  
Calibrated, FRANGE=0  
Calibrated, FRANGE=1  
Calibrated, FRANGE=2  
Calibrated, FRANGE=0  
Calibrated, FRANGE=1  
Calibrated, FRANGE=2  
Calibrated, FRANGE=0  
Calibrated, FRANGE=1  
Calibrated, FRANGE=2  
Calibrated, FRANGE=2  
fOUT  
Output frequency (1)  
7.8  
11.3  
8.2  
8.5  
MHz  
12  
12.3  
110  
90  
IRCFAST  
Current consumption (2)  
130  
180  
49.6  
49.2  
48.8  
0.31  
150  
205  
50.1  
50.1  
50.0  
0.71  
µA  
48.8  
47.8  
46.7  
0.1  
Duty  
Duty cycle(1)  
%
tSTARTUP  
Startup time(1)  
µs  
1.  
2.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
126  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.7.9  
80MHz RC Oscillator (RC80M) Characteristics  
Table 9-32. Internal 80MHz RC Oscillator Characteristics  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
After calibration  
fOUT  
Output frequency (1)  
60  
80  
100  
MHz  
Note that RC80M is not available in PS1  
IRC80M  
tSTARTUP  
Duty  
Current consumption (2)  
Startup time(1)  
330  
1.72  
50  
µA  
µs  
%
0.57  
45  
3.2  
55  
Duty cycle(2)  
1.  
2.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
9.8  
Flash Characteristics  
Table 9-33 gives the device maximum operating frequency depending on the number of flash  
wait states and the flash read mode. The FWS bit in the FLASHCALW FCR register controls the  
number of wait states used when accessing the flash memory.  
Table 9-33. Maximum Operating Frequency (1)  
Flash Wait  
States  
Maximum Operating  
Frequency  
PowerScaling Mode  
Flash Read Mode  
Unit  
Low power (HSDIS) +  
Flash internal reference:  
BPM.PMCON.FASTWKUP=1  
1
12  
0
0
1
18  
36  
Low power(HSDIS)  
Low power (HSDIS) +  
Flash internal reference:  
BPM.PMCON.FASTWKUP=1  
MHz  
1
12  
1
2
0
1
0
1
8
Low power (HSDIS)  
High speed (HSEN)  
12  
24  
48  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
Table 9-34. Flash Characteristics (1)  
Symbol  
tFPP  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
4.38  
4.38  
0.63  
5.66  
304  
Max  
Unit  
Page programming time  
Page erase time  
tFPE  
fCLK_AHB = 48MHz  
tFFP  
Fuse programming time  
Full chip erase time (EA)  
JTAG chip erase time (CHIP_ERASE)  
ms  
tFEA  
tFCE  
fCLK_AHB = 115kHz  
127  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
Table 9-35. Flash Endurance and Data Retention (1)  
Symbol  
NFARRAY  
NFFUSE  
tRET  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
100k  
10k  
15  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
cycles  
years  
Array endurance (write/page)  
General Purpose fuses endurance (write/bit)  
Data retention  
fCLK_AHB > 10MHz  
fCLK_AHB > 10MHz  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
128  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.9  
Analog Characteristics  
9.9.1  
Voltage Regulator Characteristics  
Table 9-36. VREG Electrical Characteristics in Linear and Switching Modes  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
µA  
Low power mode (WAIT)  
2000  
3600  
5600  
DC output current (1)  
Ultra Low power mode  
(RETENTION)  
Power scaling mode 0 & 2  
100  
4000  
200  
180  
7000  
350  
300  
10000  
600  
IOUT  
Low power mode (WAIT)  
DC output current(1)  
Ultra Low power mode  
(RETENTION)  
Power scaling mode 1  
VVDDCORE DC output voltage  
1.  
Table 9-37. VREG Electrical Characteristics in Linear mode  
All modes  
1.9  
V
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
1.68  
1.8  
Typ  
Max  
3.6  
Units  
I
I
OUT=10mA  
OUT=50mA  
VVDDIN  
Input voltage range  
3.6  
V
DC output voltage (1)  
IOUT = 0 mA  
OUT = 50 mA  
1.777  
1.75  
1.814  
1.79  
1.854  
1.83  
100  
VVDDCORE  
IOUT  
Power scaling mode 0 & 2  
I
DC output current(1)  
VVDDCORE > 1.65V  
IOUT = 0 to 80mA,  
mA  
mV  
Output DC load regulation(1)  
Transient load regulation  
-34  
10  
88  
-27  
28  
-19  
48  
V
VDDIN = 3V  
IOUT = 80 mA,  
VDDIN = 2V to 3.6V  
Output DC regulation(1)  
Quescient current(1)  
mV  
µA  
V
IOUT = 0 mA  
IQ  
107  
128  
RUN and SLEEPx modes  
1.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
Table 9-38. External components requirements in Linear Mode  
Symbol  
CIN1  
Parameter  
Technology  
Typ  
33  
Units  
Input regulator capacitor 1  
Input regulator capacitor 2  
Input regulator capacitor 3  
Output regulator capacitor 1  
nF  
CIN2  
100  
10  
CIN3  
µF  
nF  
COUT1  
100  
Tantalum or MLCC  
COUT2  
Output regulator capacitor 2  
4.7  
µF  
0.5<ESR<10Ω  
Table 9-39. VREG Electrical Characteristics in Switching mode  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
2.0  
Typ  
Max  
3.6  
Units  
VVDDIN  
Input voltage range  
VVDDCORE = 1.65V, IOUT=50mA  
IOUT = 0 mA  
DC output voltage (1)  
1.75  
1.66  
1.82  
1.71  
1.87  
1.79  
V
VVDDCORE  
Power scaling mode 0 & 2  
I
OUT = 50 mA  
129  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-39. VREG Electrical Characteristics in Switching mode  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
IOUT  
DC output current(1)  
VVDDCORE > 1.65V  
IOUT = 0 to 50mA,  
55  
mA  
Output DC load regulation(1)  
Transient load regulation  
-136  
-20  
-101  
38  
-82  
99  
mV  
mV  
V
VDDIN = 3V  
IOUT = 50 mA,  
VDDIN = 2V to 3.6V  
Output DC regulation(1)  
Quescient current(1)  
Power efficiency(1)  
V
VVDDIN = 2V, IOUT = 0 mA  
VVDDIN > 2.2V, IOUT = 0 mA  
97  
97  
186  
111  
546  
147  
IQ  
µA  
%
IOUT = 5mA, 50mA  
PEFF  
82.7  
88.3  
95  
Reference power not included  
1.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
Table 9-40. Decoupling Requirements in Switching Mode  
Symbol  
CIN1  
Parameter  
Technology  
Typ  
Units  
Input regulator capacitor 1  
Input regulator capacitor 2  
Input regulator capacitor 3  
Output regulator capacitor 1  
Output regulator capacitor 2  
External inductance  
33  
100  
10  
nF  
CIN2  
CIN3  
µF  
nF  
µF  
µH  
Ω
COUT1  
COUT2  
LEXT  
X7R MLCC  
100  
4.7  
22  
X7R MLCC (ex : GRM31CR71A475)  
(ex: Murata LQH3NPN220MJ0)  
RDCLEXT  
ISATLEXT  
Serial resistance of LEXT  
Saturation current of LEXT  
0.7  
300  
mA  
Note:  
1. Refer to Section 6. on page 46.  
130  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.9.2  
Power-on Reset 33 Characteristics  
Table 9-41. POR33 Characteristics (1)  
Symbol  
VPOT+  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
1.25  
0.95  
Typ  
Max  
1.55  
1.30  
Units  
Voltage threshold on VVDDIN rising  
Voltage threshold on VVDDIN falling  
V
VPOT-  
1.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
Figure 9-4. POR33 Operating Principle  
VPOT+  
VPOT-  
Time  
9.9.3  
Brown Out Detectors Characteristics  
Table 9-42. BOD18 Characteristics (1)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
10.1  
Max  
Units  
Step size, between adjacent values  
in BSCIF.BOD18LEVEL(1)  
mV  
VHYST  
tDET  
BOD hysteresis(1)  
T = 25°C  
3
40  
Time with VVDDCORE  
BOD18.LEVEL necessary to  
generate a reset signal  
<
Detection time(1)  
1.2  
µs  
on VDDIN  
7.4  
14  
7
IBOD  
Current consumption(1)  
Startup time(1)  
µA  
µs  
on VDDCORE  
tSTARTUP  
4.5  
131  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
The values in Table 9-43 describe the values of the BOD33.LEVEL in the flash User Page fuses.  
Table 9-43. BOD33.LEVEL Values  
BOD33.LEVEL Value  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
16  
20  
24  
28  
32  
36  
40  
44  
48  
2.08  
2.18  
2.33  
2.48  
2.62  
2.77  
2.92  
3.06  
3.21  
V
Table 9-44. BOD33 Characteristics (1)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Step size, between adjacent  
34.4  
values in BSCIF.BOD33LEVEL(1)  
mV  
VHYST  
tDET  
Hysteresis(1)  
45  
170  
Time with VDDIN < VTH necessary  
to generate a reset signal  
Detection time(1)  
µs  
IBOD33  
Current consumption(1)  
Startup time(1)  
Normal mode  
Normal mode  
36  
6
µA  
µs  
tSTARTUP  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
132  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.9.4  
Analog- to Digital Converter Characteristics  
Table 9-45. Operating conditions  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
+85  
12 (2)  
300  
250  
1.8  
Units  
°C  
Temperature range  
Resolution (1)  
-40  
Max  
12  
Bit  
Differential modes, Gain=1X  
Unipolar modes, Gain=1X  
Differential modes  
Unipolar modes  
5
Sampling clock (3)  
kHz  
MHz  
µs  
5
0.03  
0.03  
16.5  
16.5  
fADC  
ADC clock frequency(3)  
1.5  
Differential modes  
Unipolar modes  
277  
333  
300  
TSAMPLEHOLD  
Sampling time(3)  
Conversion rate(1)  
1X gain, differential  
kSps  
kSps  
Internal channel conversion  
rate(3)  
VVDD/10, Bandgap and  
Temperature channels  
125  
1X gain, (resolution/2)+gain (4)  
6
7
2X and 4X gain  
Conversion time (latency)  
8X and 16X gain  
8
Cycles  
Differential mode (no windowing)  
32X and 64X gain  
9
64X gain and unipolar  
10  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
Single ended or using divide by two max resolution: 11 bits  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
See Figure 9-5  
Figure 9-5. Maximum input common mode voltage  
MAX input comm on m ode voltage  
3
2.5  
2
vc m _vref= 3V  
vc m _vref= 1V  
1.5  
1
0.5  
0
1.6  
3.6  
V cc  
133  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-46. DC Characteristics  
Symbol Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
VDDANA Supply voltage (1)  
1.6  
3.6  
V
VDDANA  
-0.6  
Differential mode  
1.0  
1.0  
2.0  
Reference range (2)  
Unipolar and Window modes  
1.0  
V
Using divide by two function  
(differential)  
VDDANA  
VDDANA  
+0.1  
Absolute min, max input voltage(2)  
-0,1  
V
Cycles  
µs  
ADC with reference already  
enabled  
12  
24  
5
No gain compensation  
Reference buffer  
Start up time(2)  
Gain compensation  
Reference buffer  
60  
Cycles  
RSAMPLE  
CSAMPLE  
Input channel source resistance(2)  
Sampling capacitance(2)  
0.5  
4.3  
2
kΩ  
pF  
2.9  
3.6  
5
Gain compensation  
kΩ  
MΩ  
Reference input source resistance(2)  
ADC reference settling time(2)  
No gain compensation  
1
After changing  
60  
Cycles  
reference/mode (3)  
1.  
2.  
3.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
Requires refresh/flush otherwise conversion time (latency) + 1  
Table 9-47. Differential mode, gain=1  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
ENOB  
ENOB  
Accuracy without compensation (1)  
Accuracy after compensation(1)  
7
(INL, gain and offset)  
11  
After calibration,  
INL  
Integral Non Linearity (2)  
1.2  
1.7  
LSBs  
LSBs  
Gain compensation  
DNL  
Differential Non Linearity(2)  
After calibration  
0.7  
1.0  
5.0  
40  
40  
30  
2
External reference  
VDDANA/1.6  
-5.0  
-40  
-40  
-30  
-2  
-1.0  
Gain error (2)  
mV  
VDDANA/2.0  
Bandgap After calibration  
External reference  
Gain error drift vs voltage(1)  
mV/V  
After calibration + bandgap drift  
If using onchip bandgap  
Gain error drift vs temperature(1)  
0.08  
mV/°K  
External reference  
VDDANA/1.6  
-5.0  
-10  
-10  
-10  
-4  
5.0  
10  
10  
10  
4
Offset error (2)  
mV  
VDDANA/2.0  
Bandgap After calibration  
Offset error drift vs voltage(1)  
mV/V  
134  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-47. Differential mode, gain=1  
Offset error drift vs temperature(1)  
Conversion range (2)  
0.04  
Vref  
mV/°K  
V
Vin-Vip  
-Vref  
see  
Figure  
9-5  
ICMR(1)  
fvdd=1Hz, ext ADVREFP=3.0V  
VVDD=3.6V  
100  
50  
PSRR(1)  
dB  
fvdd=2MHz, ext  
ADVREFP=3.0V VVDD=3.6  
VDDANA=3.6V,  
ADVREFP=3.0V  
1.2  
0.6  
DC supply current (2)  
mA  
VDDANA=1.6V,  
ADVREFP=1.0V  
1.  
2.  
These values are based on simulation only. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
These values are based on characterization and not tested in production, and valid for an input voltage between 10% to 90% of  
reference voltage.  
Table 9-48. Unipolar mode, gain=1  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
ENOB  
ENOB  
Accuracy without compensation (1)  
Accuracy after compensation(1)  
7
11  
±3  
After calibration Dynamic tests  
No gain compensation  
INL  
Integral Non Linearity (2)  
LSBs  
LSBs  
After calibration Dynamic tests  
Gain compensation  
±3  
DNL  
Differential Non Linearity(2)  
After calibration  
±2.8  
15  
50  
30  
10  
8
External reference  
VDDANA/1.6  
-15  
-50  
-30  
-10  
-8  
Gain error(2)  
mV  
VDDANA/2.0  
Bandgap After calibration  
External reference  
Gain error drift vs voltage(1)  
Gain error drift temperature(1)  
mV/V  
+ bandgap drift If using  
bandgap  
0.08  
mV/°K  
External reference  
VDDANA/1.6  
-15  
-15  
-15  
-10  
-4  
15  
15  
Offset error(2)  
mV  
VDDANA/2.0  
15  
Bandgap After calibration  
10  
Offset error drift(1)  
Offset error drift temperature(1)  
Conversion range(1)  
4
mV/V  
mV/°K  
V
0
0.04  
Vref  
Vin-Vip  
-Vref  
see  
Figure  
9-5  
ICMR(1)  
135  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-48. Unipolar mode, gain=1  
fVdd=100kHz, VDDIO=3.6V  
fVdd=1MHz, VDDIO=3.6V  
VDDANA=3.6V  
62  
dB  
49  
PSRR(1)  
1
2
DC supply current(1)  
mA  
VDDANA=1.6V,  
ADVREFP=1.0V  
1
1.3  
1.  
2.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
These values are based on characterization and not tested in production, and valid for an input voltage between 10% to 90% of  
reference voltage.  
9.9.4.1  
Inputs and Sample and Hold Acquisition Times  
The analog voltage source must be able to charge the sample and hold (S/H) capacitor in the  
ADC in order to achieve maximum accuracy. Seen externally the ADC input consists of a resis-  
tor (RSAMPLE ) and a capacitor (CSAMPLE ). In addition, the source resistance (RSOURCE ) must be  
taken into account when calculating the required sample and hold time. Figure 9-6 shows the  
ADC input channel equivalent circuit.  
Figure 9-6. ADC Input  
VDDANA/2  
Analog Input  
CSAMPLE  
RSOURCE  
ADx  
RSAMPLE  
VIN  
To achieve n bits of accuracy, the CSAMPLE capacitor must be charged at least to a voltage of  
VCSAMPLE VIN × (1 2(n + 1)  
)
The minimum sampling time tSAMPLEHOLD for a given RSOURCE can be found using this formula:  
tSAMPLEHOLD ≥ (RSAMPLE + RSOURCE) × (CSAMPLE) × (n + 1) × ln(2)  
for a 12 bits accuracy :  
tSAMPLEHOLD ≥ (RSAMPLE + RSOURCE) × (CSAMPLE) × 9, 02  
where  
1
tSAMPLEHOLD = -----------------------  
2 × fADC  
136  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.9.5  
Digital to Analog Converter Characteristics  
Table 9-49. Operating conditions  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
on VDDANA  
on VDDCORE  
Min  
2.4  
Typ  
3
Max  
3.6  
Units  
V
Analog Supply Voltage (1)  
Digital Supply Voltage(1)  
Resolution (2)  
1.62  
1.8  
10  
1.98  
V
bits  
kHz  
pF  
Clock frequency(1)  
Cload = 50pF ; Rload = 5kΩ  
CLoad  
500  
50  
Load(1)  
RLoad  
5
kΩ  
INL  
Integral Non Linearity (1)  
Differential Non Linearity (1)  
Zero Error (offset) (1)  
Gain Error (1)  
Best fit-line method  
Best fit-line method  
CDR[9:0] = 0  
±2  
+1  
5
LSBs  
LSBs  
mV  
mV  
DNL  
-0.9  
1
5
CDR[9:0] = 1023  
10  
80% of VDDANA @ fin =  
70kHz  
Total Harmonic Distortion(1)  
-56  
7
dB  
CDR[9:0] = 512/ Cload = 50 pF  
/ Rload = 5 kΩ  
Delay to vout (1)  
Startup time(1)  
2
5
0
µs  
µs  
V
CDR[9:0] = 512  
9
(ADVREFP < VDDANA –  
100mV) is mandatory  
ADVREFP  
Output Voltage Range  
(ADVREFP < VDDANA –  
100mV) is mandatory  
ADVREFP Voltage Range(1)  
ADVREFN Voltage Range(1)  
2.3  
3.5  
V
V
ADVREFP = GND  
On VDDANA  
0
500  
100  
660  
Standby Current(1)  
nA  
On VDDCORE  
On VDDANA (no Rload)  
485  
250  
DC Current consumption(1)  
µA  
On ADVREFP  
295  
(CDR[9:0] = 512)  
1.  
2.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
9.9.6  
Analog Comparator Characteristics  
Table 9-50. Analog Comparator Characteristics  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Positive input voltage  
range  
0.1  
VDDIO-0.1  
V
Negative input voltage  
range  
0.1  
-12  
VDDIO-0.1  
13  
VACREFN =0.1V to VDDIO-0.1V,  
hysteresis = 0 (2)  
mV  
mV  
Fast mode  
Offset (1)  
V
ACREFN =0.1V to VDDIO-0.1V,  
hysteresis = 0(2)  
-11  
12  
Low power mode  
137  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-50. Analog Comparator Characteristics  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
VACREFN =0.1V to VDDIO-0.1V,  
hysteresis = 1(2)  
10  
55  
mV  
Fast mode  
VACREFN =0.1V to VDDIO-0.1V,  
hysteresis = 1(2)  
10  
26  
19  
43  
32  
68  
83  
mV  
mV  
mV  
mV  
mV  
ns  
Low power mode  
VACREFN =0.1V to VDDIO-0.1V,  
hysteresis = 2(2)  
Fast mode  
Hysteresis(1)  
VACREFN =0.1V to VDDIO-0.1V,  
hysteresis = 2(2)  
91  
Low power mode  
VACREFN =0.1V to VDDIO-0.1V,  
hysteresis = 3(2)  
106  
136  
67  
Fast mode  
VACREFN =0.1V to VDDIO-0.1V,  
hysteresis = 3(2)  
Low power mode  
Changes for VACM=VDDIO/2  
100mV Overdrive  
Fast mode  
Propagation delay(1)  
Changes for VACM=VDDIO/2  
100mV Overdrive  
315  
ns  
Low power mode  
Enable to ready delay  
Fast mode  
1.19  
3.61  
µs  
µs  
tSTARTUP  
Startup time(1)  
Enable to ready delay  
Low power mode  
Low power mode, no hysteresis  
Fast mode, no hysteresis  
4.9  
63  
8.7  
Channel current  
consumption (3)  
IAC  
µA  
127  
1.  
2.  
3.  
These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production  
HYSTAC.CONFn.HYS field, refer to the Analog Comparator Interface chapter  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
138  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.9.7  
Liquid Crystal Display Controler characteristics  
Table 9-51. Liquid Crystal Display Controler characteristics  
Symbol  
SEG  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
40  
Units  
Segment Terminal Pins  
Common Terminal Pins  
LCD Frame Frequency  
Flying Capacitor  
COM  
4
fFrame  
FCLKLCD  
31.25  
512  
Hz  
nF  
CFlying  
VLCD  
100  
3
LCD Regulated Voltages (1)  
CFG.FCST=0  
C
Flying = 100nF  
BIAS2  
BIAS1  
2*VLCD/3  
V
100nF on VLCD, BIAS2 and BIAS1 pins  
VLCD/3  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization  
9.9.7.1  
Liquid Crystal Controler supply current  
The values in Table 9-52 are measured values of power consumption under the following condi-  
tions, except where noted:  
• T=25°C, WAIT mode, Low power waveform, Frame Rate = 32Hz from OSC32K  
• Configuration: 4COMx40SEG, 1/4 Duty, 1/3 Bias, No animation  
• All segments on, Load = 160 x 22pF between each COM and each SEG.  
• LCDCA current based on ILCD = IWAIT(Lcd On) - IWAIT(Lcd Off)  
Table 9-52. Liquid Crystal Display Controler supply current  
Symbol  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
8.85  
6.16  
0.98  
1.17  
Max  
Units  
VVDDIN = 3.6V  
VVDDIN = 1.8V  
VVDDIN = 3.3V  
VVDDIN = 1.8V  
Internal voltage generation  
CFG.FCST=0  
ILCD  
µA  
External bias  
VLCD=3.0V  
139  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.10 Timing Characteristics  
9.10.1  
RESET_N Timing  
Table 9-53. RESET_N Waveform Parameters (1)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Units  
tRESET  
RESET_N minimum pulse length  
10  
ns  
1.  
These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
9.10.2  
USART in SPI Mode Timing  
9.10.2.1  
Master mode  
Figure 9-7. USART in SPI Master Mode with (CPOL= CPHA= 0) or (CPOL= CPHA= 1)  
SPCK  
MISO  
USPI0  
USPI1  
MOSI  
USPI2  
Figure 9-8. USART in SPI Master Mode with (CPOL= 0 and CPHA= 1) or (CPOL= 1 and  
CPHA= 0)  
SPCK  
MISO  
USPI3  
USPI4  
MOSI  
USPI5  
140  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-54. USART0 in SPI Mode Timing, Master Mode(1)  
Symbol  
USPI0  
USPI1  
USPI2  
USPI3  
USPI4  
USPI5  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Units  
(2)  
MISO setup time before SPCK rises  
MISO hold time after SPCK rises  
SPCK rising to MOSI delay  
MISO setup time before SPCK falls  
MISO hold time after SPCK falls  
SPCK falling to MOSI delay  
123.2 + tSAMPLE  
(2)  
VVDDIO from  
24.74 -tSAMPLE  
3.0V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
capacitor =  
40pF  
513.56  
ns  
(2)  
125.99 + tSAMPLE  
(2)  
24.74 -tSAMPLE  
516.55  
Table 9-55. USART1 in SPI Mode Timing, Master Mode(1)  
Symbol  
USPI0  
USPI1  
USPI2  
USPI3  
USPI4  
USPI5  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Units  
(2)  
MISO setup time before SPCK rises  
MISO hold time after SPCK rises  
SPCK rising to MOSI delay  
MISO setup time before SPCK falls  
MISO hold time after SPCK falls  
SPCK falling to MOSI delay  
69.28 + tSAMPLE  
(2)  
VVDDIO from  
25.75 -tSAMPLE  
3.0V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
capacitor =  
40pF  
99.66  
ns  
(2)  
73.12 + tSAMPLE  
(2)  
28.10 -tSAMPLE  
102.01  
Table 9-56. USART2 in SPI Mode Timing, Master Mode(1)  
Symbol  
USPI0  
USPI1  
USPI2  
USPI3  
USPI4  
USPI5  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Units  
(2)  
(2)  
MISO setup time before SPCK rises  
MISO hold time after SPCK rises  
SPCK rising to MOSI delay  
MISO setup time before SPCK falls  
MISO hold time after SPCK falls  
SPCK falling to MOSI delay  
69.09 + tSAMPLE  
(2)  
VVDDIO from  
26.52 -tSAMPLE  
3.0V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
capacitor =  
40pF  
542.96  
ns  
72.55 + tSAMPLE  
(2)  
28.37 -tSAMPLE  
544.80  
Table 9-57. USART3 in SPI Mode Timing, Master Mode(1)  
Symbol  
USPI0  
USPI1  
USPI2  
USPI3  
USPI4  
USPI5  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Units  
(2)  
MISO setup time before SPCK rises  
MISO hold time after SPCK rises  
SPCK rising to MOSI delay  
MISO setup time before SPCK falls  
MISO hold time after SPCK falls  
SPCK falling to MOSI delay  
147.24 + tSAMPLE  
(2)  
VVDDIO from  
25.80 -tSAMPLE  
3.0V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
capacitor =  
40pF  
88.23  
89.32  
ns  
(2)  
(2)  
154.9 + tSAMPLE  
26.89 -tSAMPLE  
Notes: 1. These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
tSPCK  
1
2. Where: tSAMPLE = tSPCK  
-- × tCLKUSART  
------------------------------------  
2
2 × tCLKUSART  
141  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Maximum SPI Frequency, Master Output  
The maximum SPI master output frequency is given by the following formula:  
× 2  
f
1
SPIn  
CLKSPI  
f
= MIN(f  
,------------ , ----------------------------)  
PINMAX  
SPCKMAX  
9
Where SPIn is the MOSI delay, USPI2 or USPI5 depending on CPOL and NCPHA. fPINMAX is  
the maximum frequency of the SPI pins. refer to the I/O Pin Characteristics section for the maxi-  
mum frequency of the pins. fCLKSPI is the maximum frequency of the CLK_SPI. Refer to the SPI  
chapter for a description of this clock.  
Maximum SPI Frequency, Master Input  
The maximum SPI master input frequency is given by the following formula:  
f
× 2  
1
CLKSPI  
f
= MIN(-----------------------------------,----------------------------)  
SPCKMAX  
SPIn + t  
9
VALID  
Where SPIn is the MISO setup and hold time, USPI0 + USPI1 or USPI3 + USPI4 depending on  
CPOL and NCPHA.TVALID is the SPI slave response time. refer to the SPI slave datasheet for  
TVALID .fCLKSPI is the maximum frequency of the CLK_SPI. Refer to the SPI chapter for a  
description of this clock.  
9.10.2.2  
Slave mode  
Figure 9-9. USART in SPI Slave Mode with (CPOL= 0 and CPHA= 1) or (CPOL= 1 and  
CPHA= 0)  
SPCK  
MISO  
USPI6  
MOSI  
USPI7  
USPI8  
142  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 9-10. USART in SPI Slave Mode with (CPOL= CPHA= 0) or (CPOL= CPHA= 1)  
SPCK  
MISO  
USPI9  
MOSI  
USPI10  
USPI11  
Figure 9-11. USART in SPI Slave Mode, NPCS Timing  
USPI12  
USPI13  
USPI15  
SPCK, CPOL=0  
SPCK, CPOL=1  
USPI14  
NSS  
Table 9-58. USART0 in SPI mode Timing, Slave Mode(1)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Units  
USPI6  
SPCK falling to MISO delay  
740.67  
(2)  
56.73 + tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART  
+
+
USPI7  
MOSI setup time before SPCK rises  
(2)  
45.18 -( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
USPI8  
USPI9  
USPI10  
MOSI hold time after SPCK rises  
SPCK rising to MISO delay  
V
VDDIO from  
670.18  
3.0V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
capacitor =  
40pF  
(2)  
56.73 +( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
+
+
MOSI setup time before SPCK falls  
ns  
(2)  
45.18 -( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
USPI11  
MOSI hold time after SPCK falls  
USPI12  
USPI13  
USPI14  
USPI15  
NSS setup time before SPCK rises  
NSS hold time after SPCK falls  
NSS setup time before SPCK falls  
NSS hold time after SPCK rises  
688.71  
-2.25  
688.71  
-2.25  
143  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-59. USART1 in SPI mode Timing, Slave Mode(1)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Units  
USPI6  
SPCK falling to MISO delay  
373.58  
(2)  
4.16 + tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART  
+
USPI7  
MOSI setup time before SPCK rises  
(2)  
46.69 -( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
+
USPI8  
USPI9  
USPI10  
MOSI hold time after SPCK rises  
SPCK rising to MISO delay  
V
VDDIO from  
373.54  
3.0V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
(2)  
4.16 +( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
+
MOSI setup time before SPCK falls  
ns  
(2)  
capacitor =  
40pF  
46.69 -( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
+
USPI11  
MOSI hold time after SPCK falls  
USPI12  
USPI13  
USPI14  
USPI15  
NSS setup time before SPCK rises  
NSS hold time after SPCK falls  
NSS setup time before SPCK falls  
NSS hold time after SPCK rises  
200.43  
-16.5  
200.43  
-16.5  
Table 9-60. USART2 in SPI mode Timing, Slave Mode(1)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Units  
USPI6  
SPCK falling to MISO delay  
770.02  
(2)  
136.56 + tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART  
+
+
USPI7  
MOSI setup time before SPCK rises  
(2)  
47.9 -( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
+
USPI8  
USPI9  
USPI10  
MOSI hold time after SPCK rises  
SPCK rising to MISO delay  
V
VDDIO from  
570.19  
3.0V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
(2)  
136.73 +( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
MOSI setup time before SPCK falls  
ns  
(2)  
capacitor =  
40pF  
47.9 -( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
+
USPI11  
MOSI hold time after SPCK falls  
USPI12  
USPI13  
USPI14  
USPI15  
NSS setup time before SPCK rises  
NSS hold time after SPCK falls  
NSS setup time before SPCK falls  
NSS hold time after SPCK rises  
519.87  
-1.83  
519.87  
-1.83  
144  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-61. USART3 in SPI mode Timing, Slave Mode(1)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Units  
USPI6  
SPCK falling to MISO delay  
593.9  
(2)  
(2)  
45.93 + tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART  
+
+
USPI7  
MOSI setup time before SPCK rises  
47.03 -( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
USPI8  
USPI9  
USPI10  
MOSI hold time after SPCK rises  
SPCK rising to MISO delay  
V
VDDIO from  
593.38  
3.0V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
capacitor =  
40pF  
(2)  
45.93 +( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
+
+
MOSI setup time before SPCK falls  
ns  
(2)  
47.03 -( tSAMPLE  
tCLK_USART )  
USPI11  
MOSI hold time after SPCK falls  
USPI12  
USPI13  
USPI14  
USPI15  
NSS setup time before SPCK rises  
NSS hold time after SPCK falls  
NSS setup time before SPCK falls  
NSS hold time after SPCK rises  
237.5  
-1.81  
237.5  
-1.81  
Notes: 1. These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
tSPCK  
1
2. Where: tSAMPLE = tSPCK  
+ -- × tCLKUSART  
------------------------------------  
2
2 × tCLKUSART  
Maximum SPI Frequency, Slave Input Mode  
The maximum SPI slave input frequency is given by the following formula:  
f
× 2  
1
SPIn  
CLKSPI  
f
= MIN(----------------------------,------------ )  
SPCKMAX  
9
Where SPIn is the MOSI setup and hold time, USPI7 + USPI8 or USPI10 + USPI11 depending  
on CPOL and NCPHA. fCLKSPI is the maximum frequency of the CLK_SPI. Refer to the SPI  
chapter for a description of this clock.  
Maximum SPI Frequency, Slave Output Mode  
The maximum SPI slave output frequency is given by the following formula:  
f
× 2  
1
CLKSPI  
f
= MIN(----------------------------, f  
,------------------------------------ )  
SPCKMAX  
PINMAX  
9
SPIn + t  
SETUP  
Where SPIn is the MISO delay, USPI6 or USPI9 depending on CPOL and NCPHA. TSETUP is  
the SPI master setup time. refer to the SPI master datasheet for TSETUP . fCLKSPI is the maxi-  
mum frequency of the CLK_SPI. Refer to the SPI chapter for a description of this clock.fPINMAX  
is the maximum frequency of the SPI pins. refer to the I/O Pin Characteristics section for the  
maximum frequency of the pins.  
145  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
9.10.3  
SPI Timing  
9.10.3.1  
Master mode  
Figure 9-12. SPI Master Mode with (CPOL= NCPHA= 0) or (CPOL= NCPHA= 1)  
SPCK  
MISO  
SPI0  
SPI1  
MOSI  
SPI2  
Figure 9-13. SPI Master Mode with (CPOL= 0 and NCPHA= 1) or (CPOL= 1 and NCPHA= 0)  
SPCK  
MISO  
SPI3  
SPI4  
MOSI  
SPI5  
Table 9-62. SPI Timing, Master Mode(1)  
Symbol  
SPI0  
SPI1  
SPI2  
SPI3  
SPI4  
SPI5  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
9
Max  
21  
Units  
MISO setup time before SPCK rises  
MISO hold time after SPCK rises  
SPCK rising to MOSI delay  
VVDDIO from  
0
2.85V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
capacitor =  
40pF  
9
ns  
MISO setup time before SPCK falls  
MISO hold time after SPCK falls  
SPCK falling to MOSI delay  
7.3  
0
9
22  
Note:  
1. These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
Maximum SPI Frequency, Master Output  
146  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
The maximum SPI master output frequency is given by the following formula:  
1
f
= MIN(f  
,------------ )  
SPIn  
SPCKMAX  
PINMAX  
Where SPIn is the MOSI delay, SPI2 or SPI5 depending on CPOL and NCPHA. fPINMAX is the  
maximum frequency of the SPI pins. refer to the I/O Pin Characteristics section for the maximum  
frequency of the pins.  
Maximum SPI Frequency, Master Input  
The maximum SPI master input frequency is given by the following formula:  
1
f
= -----------------------------------  
SPCKMAX  
SPIn + t  
VALID  
Where SPIn is the MISO setup and hold time, SPI0 + SPI1 or SPI3 + SPI4 depending on  
CPOL and NCPHA. tVALID is the SPI slave response time. refer to the SPI slave datasheet for  
tVALID  
.
9.10.3.2  
Slave mode  
Figure 9-14. SPI Slave Mode with (CPOL= 0 and NCPHA= 1) or (CPOL= 1 and NCPHA= 0)  
SPCK  
MISO  
SPI6  
MOSI  
SPI7  
SPI8  
Figure 9-15. SPI Slave Mode with (CPOL= NCPHA= 0) or (CPOL= NCPHA= 1)  
SPCK  
MISO  
SPI9  
MOSI  
SPI10  
SPI11  
147  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 9-16. SPI Slave Mode, NPCS Timing  
SPI12  
SPI13  
SPI15  
SPCK, CPOL=0  
SPCK, CPOL=1  
SPI14  
NPCS  
Table 9-63. SPI Timing, Slave Mode(1)  
Symbol  
SPI6  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
19  
0
Max  
Units  
SPCK falling to MISO delay  
47  
SPI7  
MOSI setup time before SPCK rises  
MOSI hold time after SPCK rises  
SPCK rising to MISO delay  
SPI8  
5.4  
19  
0
VVDDIO from  
SPI9  
46  
2.85V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
capacitor =  
40pF  
SPI10  
SPI11  
SPI12  
SPI13  
SPI14  
SPI15  
MOSI setup time before SPCK falls  
MOSI hold time after SPCK falls  
NPCS setup time before SPCK rises  
NPCS hold time after SPCK falls  
NPCS setup time before SPCK falls  
NPCS hold time after SPCK rises  
ns  
5.3  
4
2.5  
6
1.1  
Note:  
1. These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
Maximum SPI Frequency, Slave Input Mode  
The maximum SPI slave input frequency is given by the following formula:  
1
SPIn  
f
= MIN(f  
,------------ )  
CLKSPI  
SPCKMAX  
Where SPIn is the MOSI setup and hold time, SPI7 + SPI8 or SPI10 + SPI11 depending on  
CPOL and NCPHA. fCLKSPI is the maximum frequency of the CLK_SPI. Refer to the SPI chap-  
ter for a description of this clock.  
Maximum SPI Frequency, Slave Output Mode  
The maximum SPI slave output frequency is given by the following formula:  
1
f
= MIN(f  
,------------------------------------ )  
PINMAX  
SPCKMAX  
SPIn + t  
SETUP  
148  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Where SPIn is the MISO delay, SPI6 or SPI9 depending on CPOL and NCPHA. tSETUP is the  
SPI master setup time. refer to the SPI master datasheet for tSETUP .fPINMAX is the maximum  
frequency of the SPI pins. refer to the I/O Pin Characteristics section for the maximum frequency  
of the pins.  
9.10.4  
TWIM/TWIS Timing  
Figure 9-64 shows the TWI-bus timing requirements and the compliance of the device with  
them. Some of these requirements (tr and tf) are met by the device without requiring user inter-  
vention. Compliance with the other requirements (tHD-STA, tSU-STA, tSU-STO, tHD-DAT, tSU-DAT-TWI  
,
tLOW-TWI, tHIGH, and fTWCK) requires user intervention through appropriate programming of the rel-  
evant TWIM and TWIS user interface registers. refer to the TWIM and TWIS sections for more  
information.  
Table 9-64. TWI-Bus Timing Requirements  
Minimum  
Requirement  
Maximum  
Requirement  
Symbol  
tr  
Parameter  
Mode  
Standard(1)  
Fast(1)  
Standard  
Fast  
Device  
Device  
Unit  
-
1000  
300  
300  
300  
TWCK and TWD rise time  
ns  
20 + 0.1Cb  
-
tf  
TWCK and TWD fall time  
(Repeated) START hold time  
(Repeated) START set-up time  
STOP set-up time  
ns  
μs  
μs  
μs  
20 + 0.1Cb  
Standard  
Fast  
4
tHD-STA  
tSU-STA  
tSU-STO  
tHD-DAT  
tclkpb  
-
-
-
0.6  
4.7  
0.6  
4.0  
0.6  
Standard  
Fast  
tclkpb  
Standard  
Fast  
4tclkpb  
Standard  
Fast  
3.45()  
0.9()  
Data hold time  
0.3(2)  
2tclkpb  
15tprescaled + tclkpb μs  
Standard  
Fast  
250  
100  
-
tSU-DAT-TWI Data set-up time  
tSU-DAT  
tLOW-TWI  
tLOW  
2tclkpb  
tclkpb  
4tclkpb  
tclkpb  
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
-
-
Standard  
Fast  
4.7  
1.3  
-
TWCK LOW period  
μs  
-
-
Standard  
Fast  
4.0  
0.6  
tHIGH  
TWCK HIGH period  
TWCK frequency  
8tclkpb  
μs  
Standard  
Fast  
100  
400  
1
fTWCK  
-
-----------------------  
kHz  
12t  
clkpb  
Notes: 1. Standard mode: fTWCK 100 kHz ; fast mode: fTWCK > 100 kHz .  
149  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
2. A device must internally provide a hold time of at least 300 ns for TWD with reference to the falling edge of TWCK.  
Notations:  
Cb = total capacitance of one bus line in pF  
tclkpb = period of TWI peripheral bus clock  
tprescaled = period of TWI internal prescaled clock (see chapters on TWIM and TWIS)  
The maximum tHD;DAT has only to be met if the device does not stretch the LOW period (tLOW-TWI  
of TWCK.  
)
9.10.5  
JTAG Timing  
Figure 9-17. JTAG Interface Signals  
JTAG2  
TCK  
JTAG0  
JTAG1  
TMS/TDI  
TDO  
JTAG3  
JTAG4  
JTAG5  
JTAG6  
Boundary  
Scan Inputs  
JTAG7  
JTAG8  
Boundary  
Scan Outputs  
JTAG9  
JTAG10  
150  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-65. JTAG Timings(1)  
Symbol  
JTAG0  
JTAG1  
JTAG2  
JTAG3  
JTAG4  
JTAG5  
JTAG6  
JTAG7  
JTAG8  
JTAG9  
JTAG10  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
21.8  
8.6  
Max  
Units  
TCK Low Half-period  
TCK High Half-period  
TCK Period  
30.3  
2.0  
TDI, TMS Setup before TCK High  
TDI, TMS Hold after TCK High  
TDO Hold Time  
VVDDIO from  
2.3  
3.0V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
capacitor =  
40pF  
9.5  
ns  
TCK Low to TDO Valid  
21.8  
32.2  
Boundary Scan Inputs Setup Time  
Boundary Scan Inputs Hold Time  
Boundary Scan Outputs Hold Time  
TCK to Boundary Scan Outputs Valid  
0.6  
6.9  
9.3  
Note:  
1. These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production.  
9.10.6  
SWD Timing  
Figure 9-18. SWD Interface Signals  
Read Cycle  
From debugger to  
SWDIO pin  
Stop  
Park  
Tri State  
Data  
Data  
Parity  
Start  
Thigh  
Tos  
Tlow  
From debugger to  
SWDCLK pin  
SWDIO pin to  
debugger  
Tri State  
Acknowledge  
Tri State  
Write Cycle  
From debugger to  
SWDIO pin  
Stop  
Park  
Tri State  
Start  
Tis  
Tih  
From debugger to  
SWDCLK pin  
SWDIO pin to  
debugger  
Tri State  
Acknowledge  
Data  
Data  
Parity  
Tri State  
151  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 9-66. SWD Timings(1)  
Symbol  
Thigh  
Tlow  
Tos  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
10  
10  
-5  
Max  
Units  
SWDCLK High period  
500 000  
VVDDIO from  
3.0V to 3.6V,  
maximum  
external  
capacitor =  
40pF  
SWDCLK Low period  
500 000  
SWDIO output skew to falling edge SWDCLK  
Input Setup time required between SWDIO  
5
-
ns  
Tis  
4
Input Hold time required between SWDIO and  
rising edge SWDCLK  
Tih  
1
-
Note:  
1. These values are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test limits in production or characterization.  
152  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
10. Mechanical Characteristics  
10.1 Thermal Considerations  
10.1.1  
Thermal Data  
Table 10-1 summarizes the thermal resistance data depending on the package.  
Table 10-1. Thermal Resistance Data  
Symbol  
θJA  
Parameter  
Condition  
Package  
TQFP100  
TQFP100  
VFBGA100  
VFBGA100  
WLCSP64  
WLCSP64  
TQFP64  
TQFP64  
QFN64  
Typ  
48.1  
13.3  
31.1  
6.9  
Unit  
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance Still Air  
Junction-to-case thermal resistance  
C/W  
θJC  
θJA  
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance Still Air  
Junction-to-case thermal resistance  
C/W  
C/W  
C/W  
C/W  
C/W  
C/W  
θJC  
θJA  
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance Still Air  
Junction-to-case thermal resistance  
26.9  
0.2  
θJC  
θJA  
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance Still Air  
Junction-to-case thermal resistance  
49.6  
13.5  
22.0  
1.3  
θJC  
θJA  
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance Still Air  
Junction-to-case thermal resistance  
θJC  
θJA  
QFN64  
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance Still Air  
Junction-to-case thermal resistance  
TQFP48  
TQFP48  
QFN48  
51.1  
13.7  
24.9  
1.3  
θJC  
θJA  
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance Still Air  
Junction-to-case thermal resistance  
θJC  
QFN48  
10.1.2  
Junction Temperature  
The average chip-junction temperature, TJ, in °C can be obtained from the following:  
1. T = T + (P × θ  
)
JA  
J
A
D
2. TJ = TA + (PD × (θHEATSINK + θJC ))  
where:  
θJA = package thermal resistance, Junction-to-ambient (°C/W), provided in Table 10-1.  
θJC = package thermal resistance, Junction-to-case thermal resistance (°C/W), provided in  
Table 10-1.  
θHEAT SINK = cooling device thermal resistance (°C/W), provided in the device datasheet.  
• PD = device power consumption (W) estimated from data provided in Section 9.5 on page 103.  
• TA = ambient temperature (°C).  
From the first equation, the user can derive the estimated lifetime of the chip and decide if a  
cooling device is necessary or not. If a cooling device is to be fitted on the chip, the second  
equation should be used to compute the resulting average chip-junction temperature TJ in °C.  
153  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
10.2 Package Drawings  
Figure 10-1. VFBGA-100 package drawing  
Table 10-2. Device and Package Maximum Weight  
120  
mg  
Table 10-3. Package Characteristics  
Moisture Sensitivity Level  
MSL3  
Table 10-4. Package Reference  
JEDEC Drawing Reference  
JESD97 Classification  
N/A  
E1  
154  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 10-2. TQFP-100 Package Drawing  
Table 10-5. Device and Package Maximum Weight  
500  
mg  
Table 10-6. Package Characteristics  
Moisture Sensitivity Level  
MSL3  
Table 10-7. Package Reference  
JEDEC Drawing Reference  
JESD97 Classification  
MS-026  
E3  
155  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 10-3. WLCSP64 SAM4LC4/2 Package Drawing  
Table 10-8. Device and Package Maximum Weight  
14.8  
mg  
Table 10-9. Package Characteristics  
Moisture Sensitivity Level  
MSL3  
Table 10-10. Package Reference  
JEDEC Drawing Reference  
JESD97 Classification  
MS-026  
E1  
156  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 10-4. WLCSP64 SAM4LS4/2 Package Drawing  
Table 10-11. Device and Package Maximum Weight  
14.8  
mg  
Table 10-12. Package Characteristics  
Moisture Sensitivity Level  
MSL3  
Table 10-13. Package Reference  
JEDEC Drawing Reference  
JESD97 Classification  
MS-026  
E1  
157  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 10-5. WLCSP64 SAM4LC8 Package Drawing  
Table 10-14. Device and Package Maximum Weight  
14.8  
mg  
Table 10-15. Package Characteristics  
Moisture Sensitivity Level  
MSL3  
Table 10-16. Package Reference  
JEDEC Drawing Reference  
JESD97 Classification  
MS-026  
E1  
158  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 10-6. WLCSP64 SAM4LS8 Package Drawing  
Table 10-17. Device and Package Maximum Weight  
14.8  
mg  
Table 10-18. Package Characteristics  
Moisture Sensitivity Level  
MSL3  
Table 10-19. Package Reference  
JEDEC Drawing Reference  
JESD97 Classification  
MS-026  
E1  
159  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 10-7. TQFP-64 Package Drawing  
Table 10-20. Device and Package Maximum Weight  
300  
mg  
Table 10-21. Package Characteristics  
Moisture Sensitivity Level  
MSL3  
Table 10-22. Package Reference  
JEDEC Drawing Reference  
JESD97 Classification  
MS-026  
E3  
160  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 10-8. QFN-64 Package Drawing  
Note:  
The exposed pad is not connected to anything internally, but should be soldered to ground to increase board level reliability.  
Table 10-23. Device and Package Maximum Weight  
200  
mg  
Table 10-24. Package Characteristics  
Moisture Sensitivity Level  
MSL3  
Table 10-25. Package Reference  
JEDEC Drawing Reference  
JESD97 Classification  
MO-220  
E3  
161  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 10-9. TQFP-48 (ATSAM4LC4/2 and ATSAM4LS4/2 Only) Package Drawing  
Table 10-26. Device and Package Maximum Weight  
140  
mg  
Table 10-27. Package Characteristics  
Moisture Sensitivity Level  
MSL3  
Table 10-28. Package Reference  
JEDEC Drawing Reference  
JESD97 Classification  
MS-026  
E3  
162  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 10-10. QFN-48 Package Drawing for ATSAM4LC4/2 and ATSAM4LS4/2  
Note:  
The exposed pad is not connected to anything internally, but should be soldered to ground to increase board level reliability.  
Table 10-29. Device and Package Maximum Weight  
140  
mg  
Table 10-30. Package Characteristics  
Moisture Sensitivity Level  
MSL3  
Table 10-31. Package Reference  
JEDEC Drawing Reference  
JESD97 Classification  
MO-220  
E3  
163  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Figure 10-11. QFN-48 Package Drawing for ATSAM4LC8 and ATSAM4LS8  
Note:  
The exposed pad is not connected to anything internally, but should be soldered to ground to increase board level reliability.  
Table 10-32. Device and Package Maximum Weight  
140  
mg  
Table 10-33. Package Characteristics  
Moisture Sensitivity Level  
MSL3  
Table 10-34. Package Reference  
JEDEC Drawing Reference  
JESD97 Classification  
MO-220  
E3  
164  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
10.3 Soldering Profile  
Table 10-35 gives the recommended soldering profile from J-STD-20.  
Table 10-35. Soldering Profile  
Profile Feature  
Green Package  
3°C/s max  
150-200°C  
60-150 s  
Average Ramp-up Rate (217°C to Peak)  
Preheat Temperature 175°C ±25°C  
Time Maintained Above 217°C  
Time within 5C of Actual Peak Temperature  
Peak Temperature Range  
30 s  
260°C  
Ramp-down Rate  
6°C/s max  
8 minutes max  
Time 25C to Peak Temperature  
A maximum of three reflow passes is allowed per component.  
165  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
11. Ordering Information  
Table 11-1. ATSAM4LC8 Sub Serie Ordering Information  
Flash  
RAM  
Package  
Type  
Temperature Operating  
Range  
Ordering Code  
(Kbytes)  
(Kbytes)  
Package  
Conditioning  
Tray  
ATSAM4LC8CA-AU  
ATSAM4LC8CA-AUR  
ATSAM4LC8CA-CFU  
ATSAM4LC8CA-CFUR  
ATSAM4LC8BA-AU  
ATSAM4LC8BA-AUR  
ATSAM4LC8BA-MU  
ATSAM4LC8BA-MUR  
ATSAM4LC8BA-UUR  
ATSAM4LC8AA-MU  
ATSAM4LC8AA-MUR  
TQFP100  
Reel  
Tray  
VFBGA100  
TQFP64  
Reel  
Tray  
512  
64  
Reel  
Green  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
Tray  
QFN64  
WLCSP64  
QFN48  
Reel  
Reel  
Tray  
Reel  
Table 11-2. ATSAM4LC4 Sub Serie Ordering Information  
Flash  
RAM  
Package  
Type  
Temperature Operating  
Range  
Ordering Code  
(Kbytes)  
(Kbytes)  
Package  
Conditioning  
ES  
ATSAM4LC4CA-AU-ES  
ATSAM4LC4CA-AU  
ATSAM4LC4CA-AUR  
ATSAM4LC4CA-CFU  
ATSAM4LC4CA-CFUR  
ATSAM4LC4BA-AU-ES  
ATSAM4LC4BA-AU  
ATSAM4LC4BA-AUR  
ATSAM4LC4BA-MU-ES  
ATSAM4LC4BA-MU  
ATSAM4LC4BA-MUR  
ATSAM4LC4BA-UUR  
ATSAM4LC4AA-AU-ES  
ATSAM4LC4AA-AU  
ATSAM4LC4AA-AUR  
ATSAM4LC4AA-MU-ES  
ATSAM4LC4AA-MU  
ATSAM4LC4AA-MUR  
N/A  
TQFP100  
Tray  
Reel  
Tray  
Reel  
ES  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
VFBGA100  
TQFP64  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
N/A  
Tray  
Reel  
ES  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
N/A  
256  
32  
Green  
QFN64  
WLCSP64  
TQFP48  
Tray  
Reel  
Reel  
ES  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
N/A  
Tray  
Reel  
ES  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
N/A  
QFN48  
Tray  
Reel  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
166  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 11-3. ATSAM4LC2 Sub Serie Ordering Information  
Flash  
RAM  
Package  
Type  
Temperature Operating  
Range  
Ordering Code  
(Kbytes)  
(Kbytes)  
Package  
Conditioning  
Tray  
ATSAM4LC2CA-AU  
ATSAM4LC2CA-AUR  
ATSAM4LC2CA-CFU  
ATSAM4LC2CA-CFUR  
ATSAM4LC2BA-AU  
ATSAM4LC2BA-AUR  
ATSAM4LC2BA-MU  
ATSAM4LC2BA-MUR  
ATSAM4LC2BA-UUR  
ATSAM4LC2AA-AU  
ATSAM4LC2AA-AUR  
ATSAM4LC2AA-MU  
ATSAM4LC2AA-MUR  
TQFP100  
Reel  
Tray  
VFBGA100  
TQFP64  
Reel  
Tray  
Reel  
128  
32  
Tray  
Green  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
QFN64  
WLCSP64  
TQFP48  
Reel  
Reel  
Tray  
Reel  
Tray  
QFN48  
Reel  
Table 11-4. ATSAM4LS8 Sub Serie Ordering Information  
Flash  
RAM  
Package  
Type  
Temperature Operating  
Range  
Ordering Code  
(Kbytes)  
(Kbytes)  
Package  
Conditioning  
Tray  
ATSAM4LS8CA-AU  
ATSAM4LS8CA-AUR  
ATSAM4LS8CA-CFU  
ATSAM4LS8CA-CFUR  
ATSAM4LS8BA-AU  
ATSAM4LS8BA-AUR  
ATSAM4LS8BA-MU  
ATSAM4LS8BA-MUR  
ATSAM4LS8BA-UUR  
ATSAM4LS8AA-MU  
ATSAM4LS8AA-MUR  
TQFP100  
Reel  
Tray  
VFBGA100  
TQFP64  
Reel  
Tray  
512  
64  
Reel  
Green  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
Tray  
QFN64  
WLCSP64  
QFN48  
Reel  
Reel  
Tray  
Reel  
167  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table 11-5. ATSAM4LS4 Sub Serie Ordering Information  
Flash  
RAM  
Package  
Type  
Temperature Operating  
Range  
Ordering Code  
(Kbytes)  
(Kbytes)  
Package  
Conditioning  
ES  
ATSAM4LS4CA-AU-ES  
ATSAM4LS4CA-AU  
ATSAM4LS4CA-AUR  
ATSAM4LS4CA-CFU  
ATSAM4LS4CA-CFUR  
ATSAM4LS4BA-AU-ES  
ATSAM4LS4BA-AU  
ATSAM4LS4BA-AUR  
ATSAM4LS4BA-MU-ES  
ATSAM4LS4BA-MU  
ATSAM4LS4BA-MUR  
ATSAM4LS4BA-UUR  
ATSAM4LS4AA-AU-ES  
ATSAM4LS4AA-AU  
ATSAM4LS4AA-AUR  
ATSAM4LS4AA-MU-ES  
ATSAM4LS4AA-MU  
ATSAM4LS4AA-MUR  
N/A  
TQFP100  
Tray  
Reel  
Tray  
Reel  
ES  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
VFBGA100  
TQFP64  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
N/A  
Tray  
Reel  
ES  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
N/A  
256  
32  
Green  
QFN64  
WLCSP64  
TQFP48  
Tray  
Reel  
Reel  
ES  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
N/A  
Tray  
Reel  
ES  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
N/A  
QFN48  
Tray  
Reel  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
Table 11-6. ATSAM4LS2 Sub Serie Ordering Information  
Flash  
RAM  
Package  
Type  
Temperature Operating  
Range  
Ordering Code  
(Kbytes)  
(Kbytes)  
Package  
Conditioning  
Tray  
ATSAM4LS2CA-AU  
ATSAM4LS2CA-AUR  
ATSAM4LS2CA-CFU  
ATSAM4LS2CA-CFUR  
ATSAM4LS2BA-AU  
ATSAM4LS2BA-AUR  
ATSAM4LS2BA-MU  
ATSAM4LS2BA-MUR  
ATSAM4LS2BA-UUR  
ATSAM4LS2AA-AU  
ATSAM4LS2AA-AUR  
ATSAM4LS2AA-MU  
ATSAM4LS2AA-MUR  
TQFP100  
Reel  
Tray  
VFBGA100  
TQFP64  
Reel  
Tray  
Reel  
128  
32  
Tray  
Green  
Industrial -40°C to 85°C  
QFN64  
WLCSP64  
TQFP48  
Reel  
Reel  
Tray  
Reel  
Tray  
QFN48  
Reel  
168  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
12. Errata  
12.1 ATSAM4L4 /2 Rev. B & ATSAM4L8 Rev. A  
12.1.1  
General  
PS2 mode is not supported by Engineering Samples  
PS2 mode support is supported only by parts with calibration version higher than 0.  
Fix/Workaround  
The calibration version can be checked by reading a 32-bit word at address 0x0080020C.  
The calibration version bitfield is 4-bit wide and located from bit 4 to bit 7 in this word. Any  
value higher than 0 ensures that the part supports the PS2 mode  
12.1.2  
SCIF  
PLLCOUNT value larger than zero can cause PLLEN glitch  
Initializing the PLLCOUNT with a value greater than zero creates a glitch on the PLLEN sig-  
nal during asynchronous wake up.  
Fix/Workaround  
The lock-masking mechanism for the PLL should not be used.  
The PLLCOUNT field of the PLL Control Register should always be written to zero.  
12.1.3  
WDT  
WDT Control Register does not have synchronization feedback  
When writing to the Timeout Prescale Select (PSEL), Time Ban Prescale Select (TBAN),  
Enable (EN), or WDT Mode (MODE) fieldss of the WDT Control Register (CTRL), a synchro-  
nizer is started to propagate the values to the WDT clcok domain. This synchronization  
takes a finite amount of time, but only the status of the synchronization of the EN bit is  
reflected back to the user. Writing to the synchronized fields during synchronization can lead  
to undefined behavior.  
Fix/Workaround  
-When writing to the affected fields, the user must ensure a wait corresponding to 2 clock  
cycles of both the WDT peripheral bus clock and the selected WDT clock source.  
-When doing writes that changes the EN bit, the EN bit can be read back until it reflects the  
written value.  
12.1.4  
SPI  
SPI data transfer hangs with CSR0.CSAAT==1 and MR.MODFDIS==0  
When CSR0.CSAAT==1 and mode fault detection is enabled (MR.MODFDIS==0), the SPI  
module will not start a data transfer.  
Fix/Workaround  
Disable mode fault detection by writing a one to MR.MODFDIS.  
SPI disable does not work in SLAVE mode  
SPI disable does not work in SLAVE mode.  
169  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Fix/Workaround  
Read the last received data, then perform a software reset by writing a one to the Software  
Reset bit in the Control Register (CR.SWRST).  
Disabling SPI has no effect on the SR.TDRE bit  
Disabling SPI has no effect on the SR.TDRE bit whereas the write data command is filtered  
when SPI is disabled. Writing to TDR when SPI is disabled will not clear SR.TDRE. If SPI is  
disabled during a PDCA transfer, the PDCA will continue to write data to TDR until its buffer  
is empty, and this data will be lost.  
Fix/Workaround  
Disable the PDCA, add two NOPs, and disable the SPI. To continue the transfer, enable the  
SPI and PDCA.  
SPI bad serial clock generation on 2nd chip_select when SCBR=1, CPOL=1, and  
NCPHA=0  
When multiple chip selects (CS) are in use, if one of the baudrates equal 1 while one  
(CSRn.SCBR=1) of the others do not equal 1, and CSRn.CPOL=1 and CSRn.NCPHA=0,  
then an additional pulse will be generated on SCK.  
Fix/Workaround  
When multiple CS are in use, if one of the baudrates equals 1, the others must also equal 1  
if CSRn.CPOL=1 and CSRn.NCPHA=0.  
12.1.5  
TC  
Channel chaining skips first pulse for upper channel  
When chaining two channels using the Block Mode Register, the first pulse of the clock  
between the channels is skipped.  
Fix/Workaround  
Configure the lower channel with RA = 0x1 and RC = 0x2 to produce a dummy clock cycle  
for the upper channel. After the dummy cycle has been generated, indicated by the  
SR.CPCS bit, reconfigure the RA and RC registers for the lower channel with the real  
values.  
12.1.6  
USBC  
In USB host mode, entering suspend mode for low speed device can fail when the  
USB freeze (USBCON.FRZCLK=1) is done just after UHCON.SOFE=0.  
Fix/Workaround  
When entering suspend mode (UHCON.SOFE is cleared), check that USBFSM.DRDSTATE  
is not equal to three before freezing the clock (USBCON.FRZCLK=1).  
In USB host mode, the asynchronous attach detection (UDINT.HWUPI) can fail when  
the USB clock freeze (USBCON.FRZCLK=1) is done just after setting the USB-  
STA.VBUSRQ bit.  
Fix/Workaround  
After setting USBSTA.VBUSRQ bit, wait until the USBFSM register value is  
‘A_WAIT_BCON’ before setting the USBCON.FRZCLK bit.  
170  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
12.1.7  
FLASHCALW  
Corrupted data in flash may happen after flash page write operations.  
After a flash page write operation, reading (data read or code fetch) in flash may fail. This  
may lead to an expecption or to others errors derived from this corrupted read access.  
Fix/Workaround  
Before any flash page write operation, each 64-bit doublewords write in the page buffer must  
preceded by a 64-bit doublewords write in the page buffer with 0xFFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF  
content at any address in the page. Note that special care is required when loading page  
buffer, refer to Section 2.5.9 ”Page Buffer Operations” on page 11.  
171  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
13. Datasheet Revision History  
Note that the referring page numbers in this section are referred to this document. The referring  
revision in this section are referring to the document revision.  
13.1 Rev. A – 09/12  
13.2 Rev. B – 10/12  
1.  
Initial revision.  
1.  
2.  
Fixed ordering code  
Changed BOD18CTRL and BOD33CTRL ACTION field from “Reserved” to ‘No action”  
13.3 Rev. C – 02/13  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
Fixed ball pitch for VFBGA100 package  
Added VFBGA100 and WLCSP64 pinouts  
Added Power Scaling Mode 2 for high frequency support  
Minor update on several modules chapters  
Major update on Electrical characteristics  
Updated errata  
Fixed GPIO multiplexing pin numbers  
13.4 Rev. D – 03/13  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
Removed WLCSP package information  
Added errata text for detecting whether a part supports PS2 mode or not  
Removed temperature sensor feature (not supported by production flow)  
Fixed MUX selection on Positive ADC input channel table  
Added information about TWI instances capabilities  
Added some details on errata Corrupted data in flash may happen after flash page write  
operations.171  
172  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
13.5 Rev. E – 07/13  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
8.  
9.  
Added ATSAM4L8 derivatives and WLCSP packages for ATSAM4L4/2  
Added operating conditions details in Electrical Characteristics Chapter  
Fixed “Supply Rise Rates and Order”  
Added number of USART available in sub-series  
Fixed IO line considerations for USB pins  
Removed useless information about CPU local bus which is not implemented  
Removed useless information about Modem support which is not implemented  
Added information about unsupported features in Power Scaling mode 1  
Fixed SPI timings  
13.6 Rev. F– 12/13  
1.  
2.  
Fixed table 3-6 - TDI is connected to pin G3 in WLCSP package  
Changed table 42-48 -ADCIFE Electricals in unipolar mode : PSRR & DC supply current  
typical values  
3.  
4.  
Fixed SPI timing characteristics  
Fixed BOD33 typical step size value  
13.7 Rev. G– 03/14  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Added WLCSP64 packages for SAM4LC8 and SAM4LS8 sub-series  
Removed unsuppported SWAP feature in LCD module  
Added mnimal value for ADC Reference range  
13.8 Rev. H– 11/16  
1.  
Fixed AESA configuration in Overview chapter for SAM4LS sub-series  
173  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
 
 
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
Table of Contents  
Summary.................................................................................................... 1  
Features..................................................................................................... 1  
Description ............................................................................................... 3  
Overview ................................................................................................... 5  
1
2
2.1  
2.2  
Block Diagram ...................................................................................................5  
Configuration Summary .....................................................................................6  
3
4
Package and Pinout ................................................................................. 9  
3.1  
3.2  
3.3  
3.4  
Package .............................................................................................................9  
Peripheral Multiplexing on I/O lines .................................................................19  
Signals Description ..........................................................................................31  
I/O Line Considerations ...................................................................................34  
Cortex-M4 processor and core peripherals ......................................... 36  
4.1  
4.2  
4.3  
4.4  
4.5  
4.6  
4.7  
4.8  
Cortex-M4 ........................................................................................................36  
System level interface .....................................................................................37  
Integrated configurable debug .........................................................................37  
Cortex-M4 processor features and benefits summary .....................................38  
Cortex-M4 core peripherals .............................................................................38  
Cortex-M4 implementations options ................................................................39  
Cortex-M4 Interrupts map ................................................................................39  
Peripheral Debug .............................................................................................42  
5
6
Memories ................................................................................................ 43  
5.1  
5.2  
5.3  
Product Mapping .............................................................................................43  
Embedded Memories ......................................................................................44  
Physical Memory Map .....................................................................................44  
Power and Startup Considerations ...................................................... 46  
6.1  
6.2  
6.3  
6.4  
Power Domain Overview .................................................................................46  
Power Supplies ................................................................................................48  
Startup Considerations ....................................................................................53  
Power-on-Reset, Brownout and Supply Monitor .............................................53  
7
Low Power Techniques ......................................................................... 55  
7.1  
7.2  
Power Save Modes .........................................................................................55  
Power Scaling ..................................................................................................60  
174  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
 
ATSAM4L8/L4/L2  
8
Debug and Test ...................................................................................... 62  
8.1  
8.2  
8.3  
8.4  
8.5  
8.6  
8.7  
8.8  
8.9  
8.10  
8.11  
Features ..........................................................................................................62  
Overview ..........................................................................................................62  
Block diagram ..................................................................................................63  
I/O Lines Description .......................................................................................63  
Product dependencies .....................................................................................64  
Core debug ......................................................................................................64  
Enhanced Debug Port (EDP) ..........................................................................67  
AHB-AP Access Port .......................................................................................77  
System Manager Access Port (SMAP) ............................................................78  
Available Features in Protected State .............................................................93  
Functional Description .....................................................................................94  
9
Electrical Characteristics ...................................................................... 99  
9.1  
9.2  
9.3  
9.4  
9.5  
9.6  
9.7  
9.8  
9.9  
9.10  
Absolute Maximum Ratings* ...........................................................................99  
Operating Conditions .......................................................................................99  
Supply Characteristics .....................................................................................99  
Maximum Clock Frequencies ........................................................................101  
Power Consumption ......................................................................................103  
I/O Pin Characteristics ...................................................................................114  
Oscillator Characteristics ...............................................................................121  
Flash Characteristics .....................................................................................127  
Analog Characteristics ...................................................................................129  
Timing Characteristics ...................................................................................140  
10 Mechanical Characteristics ................................................................. 153  
10.1  
10.2  
10.3  
Thermal Considerations ................................................................................153  
Package Drawings .........................................................................................154  
Soldering Profile ............................................................................................165  
11 Ordering Information ........................................................................... 166  
12 Errata ..................................................................................................... 169  
12.1  
ATSAM4L4 /2 Rev. B & ATSAM4L8 Rev. A ..................................................169  
13 Datasheet Revision History ................................................................ 172  
13.1  
13.2  
13.3  
Rev. A – 09/12 ...............................................................................................172  
Rev. B – 10/12 ...............................................................................................172  
Rev. C – 02/13 ...............................................................................................172  
175  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  
13.4  
13.5  
13.6  
13.7  
13.8  
Rev. D – 03/13 ...............................................................................................172  
Rev. E – 07/13 ...............................................................................................173  
Rev. F– 12/13 ................................................................................................173  
Rev. G– 03/14 ...............................................................................................173  
Rev. H– 11/16 ................................................................................................173  
Table of Contents.................................................................................. 174  
Atmel Corporation  
2325 Orchard Parkway  
San Jose, CA 95131  
USA  
Tel: (+1)(408) 441-0311  
Fax: (+1)(408) 487-2600  
www.atmel.com  
Atmel Asia Limited  
Unit 1-5 & 16, 19/F  
BEA Tower, Millennium City 5  
418 Kwun Tong Road  
Kwun Tong, Kowloon  
HONG KONG  
Atmel Munich GmbH  
Business Campus  
Parkring 4  
D-85748 Garching b. Munich  
GERMANY  
Atmel Japan  
16F, Shin Osaki Kangyo Bldg.  
1-6-4 Osaka Shinagawa-ku  
Tokyo 104-0032  
JAPAN  
Tel: (+81) 3-6417-0300  
Fax: (+81) 3-6417-0370  
Tel: (+49) 89-31970-0  
Fax: (+49) 89-3194621  
Tel: (+852) 2245-6100  
Fax: (+852) 2722-1369  
© 2013 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved. 124152  
Atmel®, Atmel logo and combinations thereof, picoPower®, Adjacent Key Suppression® ,AKS®, Qtouch®, and others are registered  
trademarks or trademarks of Atmel Corporation or its subsidiaries. ARM®, AMBA®,Thumb®, CortexTM are registered trademarks or  
trademarks of ARM Ltd. Other terms and product names may be trademarks of others.  
Disclaimer: The information in this document is provided in connection with Atmel products. No license, express or implied, by estoppel or otherwise, to  
any intellectual property right is granted by this document or in connection with the sale of Atmel products. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE ATMEL  
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALES LOCATED ON THE ATMEL WEBSITE, ATMEL ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER AND DISCLAIMS ANY  
EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY RELATING TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF  
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,  
INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS AND PROF-  
ITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, OR LOSS OF INFORMATION) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DOCUMENT, EVEN IF ATMEL  
HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Atmel makes no representations or warranties with respect to the accuracy or com-  
pleteness of the contents of this document and reserves the right to make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time without notice.  
Atmel does not make any commitment to update the information contained herein. Unless specifically provided otherwise, Atmel products are not suit-  
able for, and shall not be used in, automotive applications. Atmel products are not intended, authorized, or warranted for use as components in applica-  
tions intended to support or sustain life.  
42023HS–SAM–11/2016  

相关型号:

ATSAM4LS4BA-MU

IC MCU 32BIT 256KB FLASH 64QFN
MICROCHIP

ATSAM4LS8AA-MU

RISC Microcontroller, 32-Bit, FLASH, CORTEX-M4 CPU, 48MHz, CMOS, QFN-48
ATMEL

ATSAM4LS8AA-MU

IC MCU 32BIT 512KB FLASH 48QFN
MICROCHIP

ATSAM4LS8BA-AU

IC MCU 32BIT 512KB FLASH 64TQFP
MICROCHIP

ATSAM4LS8BA-MU

IC MCU 32BIT 512KB FLASH 64QFN
MICROCHIP

ATSAM4LS8BA-MUR

IC MCU 32BIT 512KB FLASH 64QFN
MICROCHIP

ATSAM4LS8BA-UUR

IC MCU 32BIT 512KB FLASH 64WLCSP
MICROCHIP

ATSAM4LS8CA-AU

RISC Microcontroller, 32-Bit, FLASH, CORTEX-M4 CPU, 48MHz, CMOS, PQFP100, TQFP-100
ATMEL

ATSAM4LS8CA-AU

IC MCU 32BIT 512KB FLASH 100TQFP
MICROCHIP

ATSAM4LS8CA-AUR

RISC Microcontroller, 32-Bit, FLASH, CORTEX-M4 CPU, 48MHz, CMOS, PQFP100, TQFP-100
ATMEL

ATSAM4LS8CA-AUR

IC MCU 32BIT 512KB FLASH 100TQFP
MICROCHIP

ATSAM4LS8CA-CFU

RISC Microcontroller, 32-Bit, FLASH, CORTEX-M4 CPU, 48MHz, CMOS, PBGA100, VFBGA-100
ATMEL